from:"\"Christian Perrier\""

Re: d-i pre-rc2 has support for russian installation broken

2004-10-08 Thread Christian Perrier

Quoting Nikita V. Youshchenko ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):
> Hello.
> 
> I just found that in d-i pre-rc2 images (linked from 
> http://www.debian.org/devel/debian-installer) russian installation is 
> broken.

I must admit that I'm completely lost with what happened to Russian
support.

There have been discussions a few weeks ago about changes between
Evguenyi, Anton and Nikolaithings have been commited and it seems
that they weren't tested enough.

So, either this is a transitory situation or I'm afraid we will have
to live with a kinda broken Russian support...or delay the release.

Have you tested with daily build images ?

Re: d-i pre-rc2 has support for russian installation broken

2004-10-08 Thread Christian Perrier

> I've got it. As far as I see that, the necessary changes for russian have
> been in both base-config and languagechooser. The changes in
> languagechooser has been half-deactivated, but not the changes in
> base-config. Therefore, the tools installation in languagechooser is
> deactivated (my change), but the language line in languagelist is
> commented out (old value is active). Therefore, stage2 tries to use
> console-cyrillic, which is not installed. 
> 
> Can languagechooser get an urgent update to the languagelist file? 


ATM, I absolutely cannot say yes or no. We can certainly upload a new
languagechooser, but the initrd's have been built already so using it
means that we make the whole release process slip by a few days.

The decision has to be made by Joey, but he's currently sleeping, I
guess.

So, my proposal is the following:

-commit the changes you think are needed to languagechooser un trunk
-of some are needed to base-cofnig, commit them to its trunk (NOT to
the sarge branch)

TEST all that damn thing. Possibly before THIS EVENING 10/8 18:00 UTC

If this is OK and if Joey is OK, I'll upload a new languagechooser
today around 18:00UTC.

But I won't upload something which is not tested.

And, even if I upload a new languagechooser, I don't know if it's
worth delaying the whole release. OK, Russian is broken, I'm deeply
sad for thisbut if I understand correctly, restarting the whole
process may mean up to one week delay. So you'll understand the
decision will be taken by considering all this.

Plural-Forms in debian-installer PO file

2004-10-19 Thread Christian Perrier

The header of this file is a bit strange:

"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

The correct entry is, IIRC:

Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; \
plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : \
   n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;



--

D-I level3 : Needs complete xdebconfigurator and localization-config

2004-10-24 Thread Christian Perrier

Your three languages are only missing translations for:

Missing files:
  xdebconfigurator/debian/po/it|fi|ru.po 1u
  localization-config/debian/po/it|fi|ru.po 2u

This is a very small job as both package only have a menu entry for
base-config. May someone do this job and bring back it and/or fi back
to 100% for level 3 in D-I translations?

POT files are at:

http://people.debian.org/~seppy/d-i/level3/POT/


--

Re: D-I level3 : Needs complete xdebconfigurator and localization-config

2004-10-25 Thread Christian Perrier

Quoting Nikolai Prokoschenko ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):
> On Sun, Oct 24, 2004 at 07:51:02PM +0200, Christian Perrier wrote:
> > Missing files:
> >   xdebconfigurator/debian/po/it|fi|ru.po 1u
> >   localization-config/debian/po/it|fi|ru.po 2u
> 
> The files for the russian part are attached, please commit them. Thank you.

Commited.

Re: debian-installer_tools_ia64_elilo-installer_ru.po

2004-01-09 Thread Christian Perrier

Quoting Nikolai Prokoschenko ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):
> Here the updated russian debian-installer_tools_ia64_elilo-installer_ru.po


All 5 files commited

Glitch in partman templates

2004-06-01 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi Nikolai and others,

During Debconf we found at least one small glitch in partman templates
(debian installer). A few strings need to be no more than 8
characters. However, your russian translation for "primary" and
"logical" unfortunately has more.

I guess you need to use some shorteningeven by using
abbreviations. Otherwise, the display in some partman screens is a bit
bugguy.

--

Re: Glitch in partman templates

2004-06-02 Thread Christian Perrier

Quoting Nikita V. Youshchenko ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):

> Abbrevations will look ugly there, and most likely be unintuitive for 
> non-technical users. It seems to be a bad idea.
> 
> Where does the 8-char limitation come from? Probably it's possible to 
> overcome it? 

Mostly partman design. This is what is displayed in the general
partitions summary. Currently, unless massive code changes are done, I
guess this is not easy to change, so you have to live with it and,
yes, I know it's not easy:-)

Bug#283648: mueller7-dict: Debconf abuse : please lower the priority of the questions

2004-11-30 Thread Christian Perrier

Package: mueller7-dict
Severity: normal

This package inputs users on any kind of install in Russian language. The
default locale for Russian is non UTF8 and this package is installed by
tasksel for every Russian install.

There is no point at using the critical debconf priority for the displayed
notes. All good practice developer documentations assimilate this to debconf
abuse. The default medium priority should be enough for this.

I intend to NMU this package for solving this bug which breaks unattended
Russian installs. The NMU will fix 236774/239746 as well. This NMU will be
made with a short delay because:

-we need a fixed version in sarge
-the package is obviously under-maintained (236774/239746 should have been
merged for a while)

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 3.1
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'testing')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Kernel: Linux 2.6.9-1-686
Locale: LANG=fr_FR.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=fr_FR.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL 
set to fr_FR.UTF-8)

Versions of packages mueller7-dict depends on:
ii  debconf   1.4.40 Debian configuration management sy
ii  dictd [dict-server]   1.9.14-2.1 Dictionary Server

Re: Status of l10n updates for apt

2005-02-15 Thread Christian Perrier

Quoting Yuri Kozlov ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):
> On Tue, 15 Feb 2005 07:12:10 +0100
>  Christian Perrier <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> wrote:
> >On Feb 7th, I posted a call to translators for sending updates to 
> >APT
> >translations for the "main" branch, that is the development branch,
> >for APT 0.6 series which are currently in experimental.
> >
> 
> >13 yet to complete:
> >ru :"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
> 
> >
> >Translators for these 13 languages will be pinged again, this time
> >with translation tems CC'ed. In intend to give them a deadline to 
> >next
> >week-end, before I leave for holidays, and then give Matt Zimmermann 
> >a
> >"GO" to upload 0.6.
> >
> Whats a problem with my apt-ru.po (see #294075) ?

I probably missed it..:-)




-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of "unsubscribe". Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Re: [Fwd: Please update debconf PO translation for the package console-data]

2005-11-11 Thread Christian Perrier

Quoting jetxee ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):
> I am sending my corrections to russian translation of console-data. My 
> changes are (I shall use English to describe Russian tranlsation):


I already received a fix from Max Dmitrichenko this morning. It
actually fixed the missing strings. See attached file.

Please come up back direct to me with a complete file which has the
agreement of the Russian tema.

> * language adjectives (e.g. `French') are now consistently at the first 
> position, details follow
> * country names are now consistently in brackets, like `French 
> (Canada)', because not all the country modifiers may be expressed as 
> adjectives and sound in a formal way in Russian
> * an exception is made for `English American' and `English British', 
> since these combinations are quite common in Russia. For easier layout 
> selection adjective `English' goes first (Russian grammar allows this).
> * all layout names are now consistently in feminine gender (`layout' is 
> f. in Russian, while `language' is m.)
> * _CH layous were renamed from `common' to `(Switzerland)'
> * fr-latin9 has been renamed from `French (with Euro sign)' to `French 
> (latin9)' according to suggestion of Christian Perrier
> * all SUN layouts received `Sun' in msgstr, all Mac layouts received `Mac'
> * fixed typos (a number)

It seems you make very interesting suggestions but I can't take the
responsibility to change all this unless the Russian team ACKs the changes.




ru.po
Description: application/gettext

Bug#355251: popularity-contest: Popconf debconf screen (participate to popcon) broken for Russian

2006-03-04 Thread Christian Perrier

Package: popularity-contest
Version: 1.32
Severity: normal
Tags: l10n

The main popcon debconf question is completely broken in Russian. No text is
shown except a Da/Niet choice.

See http://people.debian.org/~bubulle/popcon-russian.png


-- System Information:
Debian Release: testing/unstable
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'testing'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.15-1-686
Locale: LANG=fr_FR.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=fr_FR.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8)

Versions of packages popularity-contest depends on:
ii  debconf [debconf-2.0] 1.4.71 Debian configuration management sy
ii  dpkg  1.13.16package maintenance system for Deb

Versions of packages popularity-contest recommends:
ii  cron  3.0pl1-93  management of regular background p
pn  mime-construct (no description available)
ii  postfix [mail-transport-agent 2.2.9-1A high-performance mail transport 

-- debconf information:
* popularity-contest/participate: true
  popularity-contest/hostid-failed:
  popularity-contest/use-http: true


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of "unsubscribe". Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Re: Bug#384248: installation-report: Almost successful Etch installation with di-beta3

2006-08-23 Thread Christian Perrier

severity 384323 important
thanks

Quoting Eugenyi Meshcheryakov analyzing a bug report about broken
installer in Russian:


> I tried default installation in Russian (RF) in qemu with network off, and
> console-cyrillic was installed. There was also dialogs displayed by
> console-cyrillic after tasksel were I was able to select switch keys,
> but those choices was later overwritten by localechooser's
> finish-install. That was not a problem in earlier versions of d-i
> because console-cyrillic was configured in second stage, after
> finish-install (or how it was called). But now it is confusing.
> localechooser should preseed console-cyrillic or do not try to change
> it's configuration at all. This bug is probably reproducible with all
> languages that have cyr=... in languagelist (Russian, Belarusian).


That bug is then here sinceD-I beta2 IN MARCH 2006and not a
single Russian user noticed...:-(

I find this pretty sad and this indeed shows the poor level of testing
that some language teams ad international users and developers give to
the localized installer.

It somewhat reinforces the feeling of Frans that we really should
activate languages that HAVE BEEN ACTIVELY TESTED.

I'm yelling right now because I'm quite angry. We put a lot of efforts
to allow you guys having an installer translated in all your languages
and such negligence is really desperating.

This is not addressed to you, Eugen, of course. I know that you not
only *translate* to your language but also TEST the installation in
Ukrainian. You even do properly analysis for bugs in other languages
like this one and I'm grateful to you.

I wish I could say the same for all other languages.


Thanks, Dmitry, also, for reporting this bug. There's at least one
Russian user who uses D-I in his own language I consider this bug
makes D-I currently not releasable with Russian activated.






signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

Re: Bug#384248: installation-report: Almost successful Etch installation with di-beta3

2006-08-24 Thread Christian Perrier

Quoting Stanislav Maslovski ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):
> Hello,
> 
> On Wed, Aug 23, 2006 at 11:55:44PM +0200, Christian Perrier wrote:
> 
> [ ... ]
> 
> > I'm yelling right now because I'm quite angry. We put a lot of efforts
> > to allow you guys having an installer translated in all your languages
> > and such negligence is really desperating.
> 
> This sounds like you think you own Debian. "In all your languages" - do you
> mean slavonic languages here? Before making such rasist statements, please

I mean ALL languages, dude.

No bloody racist intent (dunno where you got this idea) but as I'm,
quite proudly, think I have some responsibility for the number of
languages supported by D-I being now over 60, this indeed sounds a bit
funny, I'm afraid. Ask in debian-i18n if you have some doubts...or
read this list's archives.

> think twice. Also, from your words it is seen that you percept Russian,
> Ukranian and Belorussian users as very distint in their nature. Which is
> again your own problem, I will not comment on this.

Absolutely not. If you again carefully read my answer, it explains
that Ukrainian is very well tested because Eugenyi really cares about
the work he does and not only translates but also tests the installer
in his language.

Belarusian is untested

Russian is poorly tested

Macedonian is loosely tested

Bulgarian is loosely tested

Kazakh is untested

Ukrainian is well tested

*that* is the situation for cyrillic languages

> I think, this bug was not noticed earlier simply because the most of
> experienced users do not upgrade with an installer, they do it with
> apt-get distupgrade or something similar. However, I do agree that this
> was the task of the i10n team to test the current situation with the
> installer (I am not from the team by the way).

that's my point...and more precisely it is my point to explain that
testing the installer is among the duties of all l10n teams, not only
those for cyrillic languages. "ordinary" users can certainly help as
well (that's why I CC'ed the debian-russian team) as testing the
installer is indeed really easy to do.

> Because the bug _is_ noticed now it is better to think of how to solve it
> instead of yelling. Eugeniy has actually proposed some ways how to do it.
> I hope you understand that this problem is common for all languages that
> use console-cyrillic so that disabling just Russian in the installer will
> not help.

Untrue. That problem happens only for languages which use
console-cyrillic. Ukrainian does not (probably because Eugenyi did not
 feel that need, or for whatever else reason).

And, sorry, but I/we (the D-I team) can't fix all languages if I/we don't
get support for them. Cyrillic languages users ar very happy that
Eugenyi actually cares about them for over 2 years now but I would
expect more implications by other users as well.

You may find my mail a bit rude, but that's the situation with the
installer l10n: it is well localized but very often poorly tested. For
instance, I think that the recent beta3 has only been tested in less
than 10 languages before it has been released. The beta2 was more
testedmostly because I took time to run about 40 different
installs in languages I actually can't read and understand (which
means I cannot really find all bugs).

This is a warning to all language teams and international users: we
*will not ship* localization for the installer if they have not been
tested before.

signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

Re: Bug#384323: Bug#384248: installation-report: Almost successful Etch installation with di-beta3

2006-08-24 Thread Christian Perrier

> I see. Personally, I also do not use console-cyrillic in my russian
> installations. The console-tools package has a set of russian fonts and
> keymaps I am pretty satisfied with. So, perhaps, one solution is to make
> console-cyrillic optional and remove it from tasks or whatever place

Maybe, yes. This is what Eugenyi decided for Ukrainian, for
instance. Bulgarian, Kazakh and Macedonian also do not use
console-cyrillic.

It's activated for Belarusian and I actually fail to remember what did
motivate it (maybe Eugenyi advicehe's usually my reference when it
comes at cyrillic stuff)


> it is mentioned in the installer. But then /etc/console/boottime.keymap.gz
> and /etc/console-tools/config should be configured properly with a certain
> tool. I am not experienced with the details of how the installer works, so


Indeed, they are. Localechooser's finish-install does so but, from
Eugenyi explanations, it indeed overwrites the defaults set by the
console-cyrillic package itself.

Indeed, I see two ways to go:

-remove console-cyrillic for Russian and do just like we do for
Ukrainian

-do NOT overwrite console-cyrillic defaults in localechooser's
finish-install script




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

Re: Bug#384323: Bug#384248: installation-report: Almost successful Etch installation with di-beta3

2006-08-24 Thread Christian Perrier

> AFAIK, console-cyrillic is just a set of cyrillic fonts, keymaps and a script
> to tie them up. One thing to mention is that keymap is generated dynamically
> by the script from a base keymap and a chosen method of layout switching.
> That's all.

Dunno.

kbd development seems pretty stucked...and console-data is in
maintenance-only mode.


> The feature for choosing a method for the layout switching is very useful 
> though,
> IMHO. So, may be it is reasonable to support such a feature on the D-I level 
> for
> all languages which have non-latin keyboard layout without a dedicated key for
> layout switching?
> 
> That way we can get rid of console-cyrillic and make the keyboard layout 
> managment
> more generic and language independent.


All this would be great.if someone jumps in and really looks at
all this console/keyboard stuff which is pretty loosely managed in the
D-I team currently.




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

Please update debconf PO translation for the package exim4 4.63-4.0

2006-10-08 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
exim4.

These templates have been changed by the package maintainer to better
integrate with Debian Installer. This translation is part of "level 3" of
D-I translations.

We would be grateful if you could take the time and update it.

Please respect the Reply-To: field and send your updated translation to
[EMAIL PROTECTED]

Thanks,

# translation of exim4-debconf_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Dmitry Beloglazov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: exim4-debconf_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-08 15:14+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-12-28 23:30+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Dmitry Beloglazov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:1001
msgid "Remove undelivered mails in spool directory?"
msgstr "Удалить недоставленную почту из почтовой очереди?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:1001
msgid ""
"There are mails in the exim spool directory /var/spool/exim4/input which "
"have not yet been delivered. You can keep them in case you decide to re-"
"install Exim at a later date, or you can choose to remove them."
msgstr ""
"В каталоге почтовой очереди exim /var/spool/exim4/input есть почта, которая "
"пока не была доставлена. Вы можете сохранить её на тот случай, если позже "
"решите опять установить Exim, либо вы можете выбрать удаление этой почты."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:2001
msgid "Move yet undelivered mails from exim(v3) to exim4 spool?"
msgstr ""
"Перенести недоставленную почту из почтовой очереди exim(v3) в почтовую "
"очередь exim4?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:2001
msgid ""
"There are some undelivered mails in the spool directory of exim or exim-tls "
"in /var/spool/exim/input/. They can be moved to exim4's spool (/var/spool/"
"exim4/input/) now where they will be handled by exim4."
msgstr ""
"В каталоге почтовой очереди exim или exim-tls /var/spool/exim/input/ есть "
"недоставленная почта. Эта почта может быть перенесена в почтовую очередь "
"exim4 (/var/spool/exim4/input/), где она будет обработана exim4."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Be aware that this works only one-way, exim4 can handle exim(v3)'s spool but "
"not the other way round."
msgstr ""
"Имейте в виду, что обратная совместимость отсутствует, exim4 может "
"обрабатывать почтовую очередь exim(v3), но не наоборот."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Move the mails only if you don't plan to go back to exim(v3), otherwise the "
"mail shouldn't be moved now but manually once you've converted your setup."
msgstr ""
"Переносите почту только в том случае, если вы не планируете возвращаться к "
"exim(v3), в противном случае почта должна быть перенесена не сейчас, а "
"вручную после того, как вы сконвертируете вашу настройку."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators beware! the following six strings form a single
#. Choices menu. - Every one of these strings has to fit in a standard
#. 80 characters console, as the fancy screen setup takes up some space
#. try to keep below ~71 characters.
#. DO NOT USE commas (,) in Choices translations otherwise
#. this will break the choices shown to users
#: ../exim4-config.templates:1001
msgid "internet site; mail is sent and received directly using SMTP"
msgstr "интернет-сайт; приём и отправка почты напрямую - используя SMTP"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators beware! the following six strings form a single
#. Choices menu. - Every one of these strings has to fit in a standard
#. 80 characters console, as the fancy screen setup takes up some space
#. try to keep below ~71 characters.
#. DO NOT USE commas (,) in Choices translations otherwise
#. this will break the choices shown to users
#: ../exim4-config.templates:1001
msgid "mail sent by smarthost; received via SMTP or fetchmail"
msgstr "отправка почты через smarthost; приём по SMTP или через fetchmail"

Please really update the translation for the package exim4 in your language

2006-10-13 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

Finally, This is the REAL call for translations for exim4 debconf templates.
This package is part of the Debian Installer level 3 translations and it got
very important changes recently because it maintainer reworded the templates.

Please forget about the call for translations you already received, they
were incomplete (thanks to those of you who sent updates, they have been
used to build the attached file but, unfortunately, further changes mean you
again have to update your translation).

Please respect the Reply-To: field and send your updated translation to
[EMAIL PROTECTED]

This mail has been CC'ed to all D-I translation coordinators for the
relevant languages.

# translation of exim4-debconf_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Dmitry Beloglazov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: exim4-debconf_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-10 19:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-12-28 23:30+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Dmitry Beloglazov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are mails in the exim spool directory /var/spool/exim4/input which "
"have not yet been delivered. Removing Exim will cause them to remain "
"undelivered until Exim is re-installed."
msgstr ""
"В каталоге почтовой очереди exim /var/spool/exim4/input есть почта, которая "
"пока не была доставлена. Вы можете сохранить её на тот случай, если позже "
"решите опять установить Exim, либо вы можете выбрать удаление этой почты."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:1001
msgid ""
"If this option is not chosen, the spool directory is kept, allowing the "
"messages in the queue to be delivered at a later date after re-installing "
"Exim."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move undelivered mails from exim(v3) to exim4 spool?"
msgstr ""
"Перенести недоставленную почту из почтовой очереди exim(v3) в почтовую "
"очередь exim4?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:2001
msgid ""
"There are some undelivered mails in exim(v3) (or exim-tls(v3)) spool "
"directory /var/spool/exim/input/."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Choosing this option will move these messages to exim4's spool (/var/spool/"
"exim4/input/) where they will be handled by exim4."
msgstr ""
"В каталоге почтовой очереди exim или exim-tls /var/spool/exim/input/ есть "
"недоставленная почта. Эта почта может быть перенесена в почтовую очередь "
"exim4 (/var/spool/exim4/input/), где она будет обработана exim4."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:2001
msgid ""
"This works only one-way: Exim4 can handle exim(v3) spool but not vice-versa. "
"You should move the messages only if you do not plan to go back to exim(v3). "
"Otherwise, the messages should be moved manually at a later time."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:3001
msgid "Reconfigure exim4-config instead of this package"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Exim4 has its configuration factored out into a dedicated package, exim4-"
"config. If you want to reconfigure Exim4, use dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config."
msgstr ""

Re: Please update debconf PO translation for the package samba

2006-10-20 Thread Christian Perrier

Quoting Yuri Kozlov ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):
> 2006/10/19, [EMAIL PROTECTED] <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>:
> >Hi,
> >
> >The Russian translation of the samba debconf templates is still incomplete
> >despite calls for translation sent to existing translator.
> 
> >Please send the updated file to me, or submit it as a wishlist bug
> >against samba.
> 
> Russian debconf templates translation update is attached.


Committed. Thanks, Yuri.




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

Please update debconf PO translation for the package xdm 1:1.0.5-2

2007-03-22 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
xdm. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against xdm.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, April 03, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of xserver-xorg_debian_po_ru.po to Russian
# debconf templates for xorg-x11 package
# Russian translation
#
# $Id: ru.po 1042 2006-01-09 07:55:08Z ender $
#
# Copyrights:
# Branden Robinson, 2000-2004
# Ilgiz Kalmetev, 2002, 2003
# Serge Winitzki, 2003
#
# This file is distributed under the same license as the xorg-x11 package.
# Please see debian/copyright.
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xserver-xorg_debian_po_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-22 06:38+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-02 15:38+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../xdm.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Default display manager:"
msgstr "Выберите желаемый менеджер дисплеев по умолчанию."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../xdm.templates:1001
msgid ""
"A display manager is a program that provides graphical login capabilities "
"for the X Window System."
msgstr ""
"Менеджер дисплеев -- это программа, которая обеспечивает графическую "
"возможность регистрации в системе для X Window System."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../xdm.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Only one display manager can manage a given X server, but multiple display "
"manager packages are installed. Please select which display manager should "
"run by default."
msgstr ""
"Данный X сервер может обслуживать только один менеджер дисплеев, но "
"установлено может быть несколько пакетов менеджеров дисплеев. Выберите "
"менеджер дисплеев, который должен запускаться по умолчанию."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../xdm.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Multiple display managers can run simultaneously if they are configured to "
"manage different servers; to achieve this, configure the display managers "
"accordingly, edit each of their init scripts in /etc/init.d, and disable the "
"check for a default display manager."
msgstr ""
"(Несколько менеджеров дисплеев могут запускаться одновременно, если они "
"настроены на обслуживание разных серверов X; чтобы добиться этого, "
"соответственно настройте менеджеры дисплеев, отредактируйте их сценарии в "
"каталоге /etc/init.d и запретите проверку на менеджер дисплеев по умолчанию.)"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../xdm.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Stop the xdm daemon?"
msgstr "Хотите остановить сервер-демон xdm?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../xdm.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The X display manager (xdm) daemon is typically stopped on package upgrade "
"and removal, but it appears to be managing at least one running X session."
msgstr ""
"Сервер-демон менеджера X-дисплеев (xdm) обычно останавливают при обновлении "
"или удалении пакета, но кажется, что xdm сейчас управляет по крайней мере "
"одним X-сеансом. Если сейчас остановить xdm, то все управляемые им сеансы "
"будут прерваны. Или вы можете не останавливать xdm, и тогда новая версия "
"будет загружена тогда, когда xdm снова перезапустят."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../xdm.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If xdm is stopped now, any X sessions it manages will be terminated. "
"Otherwise, the new version will take effect the next time the daemon is "
"restarted."
msgstr ""
"Сервер-демон менеджера X-дисплеев (xdm) обычно останавливают при обновлении "
"или удалении пакета, но кажется, что xdm сейчас управляет по крайней мере "
"одним X-сеансом. Если сейчас остановить xdm, то все управляемые им сеансы "
"будут прерваны. Или вы можете не останавливать xdm, и тогда новая версия "
"будет загружена тогда, когда xdm снова перезапустят."

Please update debconf PO translation for the package cupsys 1.2.7-4

2007-03-26 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
cupsys. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the translation udpates as bug reports against cupsys.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, April 08, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of cupsys-ru.po to Russian
# translation of cupsys_1.1.23-12_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: cupsys_1.1.23-12_ru.po\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-27 07:14+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-17 16:32+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys-bsd.templates:1001
msgid "Do you want to set up the BSD lpd compatibility server?"
msgstr "Хотите установить сервер совместимости с BSD lpd?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys-bsd.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The CUPS package contains a server that can accept BSD-style print jobs and "
"submit them to CUPS. It should only be set up if other computers are likely "
"to submit jobs over the network via the \"BSD\" or \"LPR\" services, and "
"these computers cannot be converted to use the IPP protocol that CUPS uses."
msgstr ""
"Этот пакет содержит сервер, который может принимать задания печати в стиле "
"BSD и посылать их в CUPS. Его рекомендуется устанавливать только в том "
"случае, если в сети есть другие компьютеры, которые отправляют задания по "
"сети с помощью \"BSD\" или \"LPR\" сервисов, и эти компьютеры не могут "
"работать с протоколом IPP, который используется в CUPS."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:1001
msgid "Do you want CUPS to print unknown jobs as raw jobs?"
msgstr ""
"Хотите чтобы CUPS печатал неизвестные задания как необработанные задания?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) enforces a MIME type for all print "
"jobs. Since not all sources of print jobs can attach an appropriate type, "
"many jobs get submitted as the MIME type application/octet-stream and could "
"be rejected if CUPS cannot guess the job's format."
msgstr ""
"Все задания печати с помощью IPP имеют тип MIME. Так как не все источники "
"заданий печати могут присоединять соответствующий тип, многие задания "
"посылаются с MIME типом application/octet-stream. Из-за этого, когда CUPS "
"принимает задание с таким MIME типом, он пытается определить формат "
"полученных данных. По умолчанию, если тип определить не удаётся, задание "
"отбрасывается."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"CUPS can handle all such jobs as \"raw\" jobs, which causes them to be sent "
"directly to the printer without processing."
msgstr ""
"Данная установка заставляет CUPS воспринимать нераспознанные задания с таким "
"MIME типом как \"сырые\" задания, которые посылаются на принтер напрямую, "
"без обработки."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:1001
msgid ""
"It is recommended to choose this option if the server will be accepting "
"print jobs from Windows computers or Samba servers."
msgstr ""

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid "ipp"
msgstr "ipp"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid "lpd"
msgstr "lpd"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid "parallel"
msgstr "parallel"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid "scsi"
msgstr "scsi"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid "serial"
msgstr "serial"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid "socket"
msgstr "socket"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid "usb"
msgstr "usb"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../cupsys.templates:2001
msgid "snmp"
msgstr "snmp"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:2002
msgid "Printer communication backends:"
msgstr "Интерфейсные программы для связи с принтером:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"CUPS uses backend programs to communicate with the printe

Please update debconf PO translation for the package kdebase 4:3.5.5a.dfsg.1-6

2007-04-04 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
kdebase. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug report against kdebase.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, April 19, 2007.


Thanks,

# translation of xserver-xorg_debian_po_ru.po to Russian
# debconf templates for xorg-x11 package
# Russian translation
#
# $Id: ru.po 1042 2006-01-09 07:55:08Z ender $
#
# Copyrights:
# Branden Robinson, 2000-2004
# Ilgiz Kalmetev, 2002, 2003
# Serge Winitzki, 2003
#
# This file is distributed under the same license as the xorg-x11 package.
# Please see debian/copyright.
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xserver-xorg_debian_po_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-23 07:15+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-22 12:07+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: asv <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../kdm.templates:1001
msgid "Default display manager:"
msgstr "Менеджер дисплеев по умолчанию:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../kdm.templates:1001
msgid ""
"A display manager is a program that provides graphical login capabilities "
"for the X Window System."
msgstr ""
"Менеджер дисплеев -- это программа, которая обеспечивает возможность "
"графического входа в систему для X Window System."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../kdm.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Only one display manager can manage a given X server, but multiple display "
"manager packages are installed. Please select which display manager should "
"run by default."
msgstr ""
"Данный X-сервер может обслуживать только один менеджер дисплеев, но "
"установлено несколько пакетов менеджеров дисплеев. Пожалуйста, выберите "
"менеджер дисплеев, который должен запускаться по умолчанию."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../kdm.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Multiple display managers can run simultaneously if they are configured to "
"manage different servers; to achieve this, configure the display managers "
"accordingly, edit each of their init scripts in /etc/init.d, and disable the "
"check for a default display manager."
msgstr ""
"Несколько менеджеров дисплеев могут запускаться одновременно, если они "
"настроены на обслуживание разных серверов; чтобы добиться этого,  настройте "
"менеджеры дисплеев соответственно, отредактируйте их сценарии инициализации "
"в /etc/init.d и отключите проверку менеджера дисплеев по умолчанию."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../kdm.templates:3001
msgid "Stop the kdm daemon?"
msgstr "Остановить сервер-демон kdm?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../kdm.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The K Desktop manager (kdm) daemon is typically stopped on package upgrade "
"and removal, but it appears to be managing at least one running X session."
msgstr ""
"Сервер-демон менеджера X-дисплеев (kdm) обычно останавливают при обновлении "
"или удалении пакета, но, кажется, что kdm сейчас управляет по крайней мере "
"одним X-сеансом."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../kdm.templates:3001
msgid ""
"If kdm is stopped now, any X sessions it manages will be terminated. "
"Otherwise, the new version will take effect the next time the daemon is "
"restarted."
msgstr ""
"Если сейчас остановить kdm, то все управляемые им X-сеансы будут прерваны. "
"Или вы можете не останавливать kdm, и тогда новая версия будет загружена "
"тогда, когда kdm снова перезапустят."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The X display manager (kdm) daemon is typically stopped on package "
#~ "upgrade and removal, but it appears to be managing at least one running X "
#~ "session."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Сервер-демон менеджера X-дисплеев (kdm) обычно останавливают при "
#~ "обновлении или удалении пакета, но, кажется, что kdm сейчас управляет по "
#~ "крайней мере одним X-сеансом."

#~ msgid "Select the desired default display manager."
#~ msgstr "Выберите желаемый оконный менеджер по умолчанию."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Only one display manager can manage a given X server, but multiple "
#~ "display manager packages are installed.  Please select which display "
#~ "manager should run by default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Только один оконный менедж

Please update debconf PO translation for the package glibc 2.5-0exp6

2007-04-08 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
glibc. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against glibc.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, April 23, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of glibc_2.3.6-15_debconf_ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: glibc_2.3.6-15\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-09 00:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-23 14:02+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:1001
msgid "All locales"
msgstr "Все локали"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:1002
msgid "Locales to be generated:"
msgstr "Локали, которые будут сгенерированы:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:1002
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Locales are a framework to switch between multiple languages and allow users "
"to use their language, country, characters, collation order, etc."
msgstr ""
"Локаль -- это инфраструктура для поддержки в системе нескольких языков и "
"позволяет пользователю настроить язык сообщений, страну, алфавит, порядок "
"сортировки и тому подобные вещи."

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:1002
msgid ""
"Please choose which locales to generate. UTF-8 locales should be chosen by "
"default, particularly for new installations. Other character sets may be "
"useful for backwards compatibility with older systems and software."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:2001
msgid "None"
msgstr "Нет"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:2002
msgid "Default locale for the system environment:"
msgstr "Локаль по умолчанию в системе:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Many packages in Debian use locales to display text in the correct language "
"for the user. You can choose a default locale for the system from the "
"generated locales."
msgstr ""
"Многие пакеты в Debian используют локали для отображения сообщений на языке "
"пользователя. Вы можете изменить локаль по умолчанию, если английский не "
"является вашим родным языком. Эти значения основаны на выбранных вами "
"локалях для генерации."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This will select the default language for the entire system. If this system "
"is a multi-user system where not all users are able to speak the default "
"language, they will experience difficulties."
msgstr ""
"Замечание: Это настройка устанавливает язык всей системы. Если вы работаете "
"в многопользовательской среде, где не все пользователи говорят на выбранном "
"вами языке, то у них могут возникнуть проблемы и в этом случае лучше не "
"устанавливать локаль по умолчанию."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Choose which locales to generate. The selection will be saved to `/etc/"
#~ "locale.gen', which you can also edit manually (you need to run `locale-"
#~ "gen' afterwards)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Выберите локали, которые нужно сгенерировать. Выбор будет сохранён в "
#~ "файле `/etc/locale.gen', который вы можете редактировать вручную (после "
#~ "редактирования нужно запустить `locale-gen')."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When `All locales' is selected, /etc/locale.gen will be set as a symlink "
#~ "to /usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Если выбрано `Все локали', то будет создана символическая ссылка /etc/"
#~ "locale.gen, указывающая на /usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED."

Please update debconf PO translation for the package openssl 0.9.8e-4

2007-04-10 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
openssl. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against openssl.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, April 25, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of openssl_0.9.8a-8_ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: openssl_0.9.8a-8_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-11 08:25+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 23:00+1000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libssl0.9.8.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Services to restart to make them use the new libraries:"
msgstr ""
"Какие сервисы должны быть перезапущены, чтобы заставить их использовать "
"новые библиотеки?"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libssl0.9.8.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This release of OpenSSL fixes some security issues. Services will not use "
"these fixes until they are restarted. Please note that restarting the SSH "
"server (sshd) should not affect any existing connections."
msgstr ""
"В этом выпуске были закрыты дыры в безопасности. Сервисы не могут "
"использовать эти исправления, пока не будут перезапущены. Замечание: "
"перезапуск sshd не повлияет на существующие соединения."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libssl0.9.8.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please check the list of detected services that need to be restarted and "
"correct it, if needed. The services names must be identical to the "
"initialization script names in /etc/init.d and separated by spaces. No "
"services will be restarted if the list is empty."
msgstr ""
"Ниже указан список обнаруженных сервисов, которые надо перезапустить. "
"Исправьтесписок, если считаете, что он неправильный. Имена сервисов должны "
"соответствоватьименам скриптов в /etc/init.d и должны быть разделены "
"пробелами. Если вы очистите список, сервисы не будут перезапущены."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libssl0.9.8.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Any service that later fails unexpectedly after this upgrade should be "
"restarted. It is recommended to reboot this host to avoid any SSL-related "
"trouble."
msgstr ""
"Если другой сервис начнет мистическим образом сбоить после этого обновления, "
"его возможно тоже надо перезапустить. Мы настройчиво рекомендуем вам "
"перегрузить машину во избежание проблем, связанных с SSL."

Please update debconf PO translation for the package fontconfig 2.4.2-1.2

2007-04-16 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
fontconfig. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against fontconfig.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, April 30, 2007.

Thanks,


# translation of fontconfig_2.4.1-2_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fontconfig_2.4.1-2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-16 18:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-25 21:26+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001
msgid "Native"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001
msgid "Autohinter"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001
msgid "None"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002
msgid "Font tuning method for screen:"
msgstr "Способ подстройки шрифтов на экране:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002
msgid ""
"Please select the preferred method for tuning fonts for screen rendering."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Select 'Native' if you mostly use Bitstream Vera (the default in Debian) or "
"any of the Microsoft fonts. Select 'Autohinter' if you mostly use other "
"TrueType fonts. Select 'None' if you want blurry text."
msgstr ""
"Выбирайте Native, если чаще всего используете шрифт Bitstream Vera "
"(используется по умолчанию в Debian) или любой из шрифтов Microsoft. "
"Выбирайте Autohinter, если чаще всего используете шрифты TrueType. Выбирайте "
"\"Без подстройки\", если хотите видеть нечёткий текст."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001
msgid "Always"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001
msgid "Never"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3002
msgid "Enable subpixel rendering for screen:"
msgstr "Включать технологию субпиксельной отрисовки на экране:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3002
msgid ""
"Rendering text at a subpixel level generally makes it look a bit better on "
"flat (LCD) screens, but can show color artifacts on CRT screens. The "
"\"Automatic\" choice will enable it only if a LCD screen is detected."
msgstr ""
"Отрисовка на субпиксельном уровне обычно делает текст более читабельным на "
"плоских (ЖК) мониторах, но на ЭЛТ мониторах могут появиться цветовые дефекты "
"изображения. При выборе \"Автоматически\" данная технология будет включена "
"только при обнаружении ЖК монитора."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:4001
msgid "Enable bitmapped fonts by default?"
msgstr "Включать растровые шрифты по умолчанию?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:4001
msgid ""
"By default, only outline fonts are used by applications which support "
"fontconfig."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Outline fonts are fonts which scale well to various sizes. In contrast, "
"bitmapped fonts are often lower quality. Enabling this option will affect "
"the systemwide default; this and many other fontconfig options may be "
"enabled or disabled on a per-user basis."
msgstr ""
"По умолчанию, для приложений использующих fontconfig, доступны только "
"векторные шрифты. Векторные шрифты обладают свойством хорошего "
"маcштабирования к различным размерам. Растровые шрифты тоже маcштабируются, "
"но при этом часто теряется качество начертания. Установка данного параметра "
"по умолчанию влияет на всю систему; этот и многие другие параметры "
"fontconfig можно настроить индивидуально под каждого пользователя."

#~ msgid "Native, Autohinter, None"
#~ msgstr "Native, Autohinter,

Please update debconf PO translation for the package tcp-wrappers 7.6.dbs-13

2007-04-16 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
tcp-wrappers. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against tcp-wrappers.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, May 01, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of tcp-wrappers_7.6.dbs-9_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tcp-wrappers_7.6.dbs-9_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-17 07:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 22:46+1000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. description
#: ../tcpd.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use paranoid settings in hosts.allow and hosts.access?"
msgstr "Должен tcpd установить параноидальные hosts.allow и hosts.access?"

#. Type: boolean
#. description
#: ../tcpd.templates:1001
msgid ""
"New /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny files for the TCP wrappers daemon "
"(tcpd) will be created as they do not exist yet."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. description
#: ../tcpd.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can choose between a generic and permissive configuration which will "
"allow any incoming connection or a paranoid configuration which will not "
"allow remote connections regardless of where they originate from. The "
"latter, even if more secure, will block out all communication, including, "
"for example, remote administration."
msgstr ""
"Будут установлены /etc/hosts.allow и /etc/hosts.deny, поскольку у вас еще "
"нет ни одного из них. Вы можете выбрать либо общую и разрешительную "
"настройку, которая позволит любое входящее соединение, либо параноидальную "
"настройку, которая не позволит удаленные соединения, независимо от того, "
"откуда они инициированы."

#. Type: boolean
#. description
#: ../tcpd.templates:1001
msgid ""
"Both files can be modified later to suit your needs as explained in the "
"hosts_access(5) manpage. These settings will only affect network services "
"that use the libwrap library. Restrictions for other services should be "
"established by using firewall rules."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The second option, even if more secure, will block out all communication, "
#~ "including, for example, remote administration. So if you need this don't "
#~ "choose it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Второй вариант, хотя и более безопасный, заблокирует все соединения, "
#~ "включая, например, удаленное администрирование. Так что, если оно вам "
#~ "нужно, не выбирайте этот вариант."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Regardless of which option you select you can always manually edit both "
#~ "files to suit your needs, for this, review the hosts_access(5) manpage. "
#~ "This might include giving remote access of services to legitimate hosts."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Независимо от того, какой вариант вы выбрали, вы всегда можете вручную "
#~ "отредактировать оба файла под ваши нужды, для этого просмотрите man-"
#~ "страницу hosts_access(5). Это может включать разрешение удаленного "
#~ "доступа к сервисам для доверенных машин."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Notice this only applies to internet services that use the libwrap "
#~ "library. Remote connections will still be possible to services that do "
#~ "not use this library, consider using firewall rules to block access to "
#~ "these."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Учтите, что это применимо только к сервисам интернет, которые используют "
#~ "библиотеку libwrap. Удаленные соединения к сервисам, которые не "
#~ "используют данную библиотеку, все еще будут возможны, подумайте об "
#~ "использовании правил firewall для блокирования доступа к ним."

Please update debconf PO translation for the package fontconfig 2.4.2-1.2

2007-04-17 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

I mailed you yesterday about a needed update for fontconfig debconf templates.

I reworked on previous translations and I can send you now a file with more
already translated strings which should save you some work. Please use that
file rather than the one I sent you yesterday in case you haven't begun the
work.

Sorry for the trouble and thanks for your coopoeration,



# translation of fontconfig_2.4.1-2_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fontconfig_2.4.1-2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-16 18:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-25 21:26+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001
msgid "Native"
msgstr "Native"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001
msgid "Autohinter"
msgstr "Autohinter"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2001
msgid "None"
msgstr "Без подстройки"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002
msgid "Font tuning method for screen:"
msgstr "Способ подстройки шрифтов на экране:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002
msgid ""
"Please select the preferred method for tuning fonts for screen rendering."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Select 'Native' if you mostly use Bitstream Vera (the default in Debian) or "
"any of the Microsoft fonts. Select 'Autohinter' if you mostly use other "
"TrueType fonts. Select 'None' if you want blurry text."
msgstr ""
"Выбирайте Native, если чаще всего используете шрифт Bitstream Vera "
"(используется по умолчанию в Debian) или любой из шрифтов Microsoft. "
"Выбирайте Autohinter, если чаще всего используете шрифты TrueType. Выбирайте "
"\"Без подстройки\", если хотите видеть нечёткий текст."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "Автоматически"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001
msgid "Always"
msgstr "Всегда"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3001
msgid "Never"
msgstr "Никогда"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3002
msgid "Enable subpixel rendering for screen:"
msgstr "Включать технологию субпиксельной отрисовки на экране:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:3002
msgid ""
"Rendering text at a subpixel level generally makes it look a bit better on "
"flat (LCD) screens, but can show color artifacts on CRT screens. The "
"\"Automatic\" choice will enable it only if a LCD screen is detected."
msgstr ""
"Отрисовка на субпиксельном уровне обычно делает текст более читабельным на "
"плоских (ЖК) мониторах, но на ЭЛТ мониторах могут появиться цветовые дефекты "
"изображения. При выборе \"Автоматически\" данная технология будет включена "
"только при обнаружении ЖК монитора."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:4001
msgid "Enable bitmapped fonts by default?"
msgstr "Включать растровые шрифты по умолчанию?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:4001
msgid ""
"By default, only outline fonts are used by applications which support "
"fontconfig."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../fontconfig-config.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Outline fonts are fonts which scale well to various sizes. In contrast, "
"bitmapped fonts are often lower quality. Enabling this option will affect "
"the systemwide default; this and many other fontconfig options may be "
"enabled or disabled on a per-user basis."
msgstr ""
"По умолчанию, для приложений использующих fontconfig, доступны только "
"векторные шрифты. Векторные шрифты обладают свойством хорошего "
"маcштабирования к различным размерам. Растровые шрифты тоже маcштабируются, "
"но при этом часто теряется качество начертания. Установка данного параметра "
"по умолчанию влияет на всю систему; этот и многие другие параметры "
"fontconfig можно настроить индивидуально под каждого пользователя."

#~ msgid "Native, Autohinter, None"
#~ msgstr

Please update debconf PO translation for the package openssh 1:4.3p2-11

2007-04-23 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
openssh. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, May 07, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of openssh_1:4.3p2-1_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: openssh_1:4.3p2-1_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-23 17:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 14:28+1000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Generate new configuration file?"
msgid "Generate a new configuration file for OpenSSH?"
msgstr "Сгенерировать новый конфигурационный файл"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This version of OpenSSH has a considerably changed configuration file "
#| "from the version shipped in Debian 'Potato', which you appear to be "
#| "upgrading from. This package can now generate a new configuration file (/"
#| "etc/ssh/sshd.config), which will work with the new server version, but "
#| "will not contain any customisations you made with the old version."
msgid ""
"This version of OpenSSH has a considerably changed configuration file from "
"the version shipped in Debian 'Potato', which you appear to be upgrading "
"from. This package can now generate a new configuration file (/etc/ssh/sshd."
"config), which will work with the new server version, but will not contain "
"any customizations you made with the old version."
msgstr ""
"В этой версии OpenSSH значительно переработан файл настроек, в отличии от  "
"версии, которая поставлялась с Debian 'Potato', и которую Вы, кажется, "
"обновляете. Я могу сгенерировать для Вас новый файл настроек (/etc/ssh/sshd."
"config), который будет работать с новой версией сервера, но не будет "
"содержать настроек, которые Вы сделали в старой версии."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please note that this new configuration file will set the value of "
#| "'PermitRootLogin' to yes (meaning that anyone knowing the root password "
#| "can ssh directly in as root). It is the opinion of the maintainer that "
#| "this is the correct default (see README.Debian for more details), but you "
#| "can always edit sshd_config and set it to no if you wish."
msgid ""
"Please note that this new configuration file will set the value of "
"'PermitRootLogin' to 'yes' (meaning that anyone knowing the root password "
"can ssh directly in as root). Please read the README.Debian files for more "
"details about this design choice."
msgstr ""
"Обратите внимание на то, что этот новый файл настроек установит значение "
"параметра 'PermitRootLogin' в yes (означающего, что любой человек, знающий "
"пароль суперпользователя может войти в систему через ssh). По мнению "
"сопровождающего этого пакета - это разумно, но Вы всегда можете установить "
"значение этого параметра в файле sshd_config так, как Вам кажется правильным."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "It is strongly recommended that you let this package generate a new "
#| "configuration file now."
msgid ""
"It is strongly recommended that you choose to generate a new configuration "
"file now."
msgstr ""
"Настоятельно рекомендуется разрешить сгенерировать для Вас новый файл "
"настроек."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to continue (and risk killing active ssh sessions)?"
msgid "Do you want to risk killing active SSH sessions?"
msgstr "Вы хотите продолжить (рискуя потерять активные ssh-соединения)?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The version of /etc/init.d/ssh that you have installed, is likely to kill "
#| "all running sshd instances.  If you are doing this upgrade via an ssh "
#| "session, that would be a Bad Thing(tm)."
msgid ""
"

Please update debconf PO translation for the package udev 0.105-5

2007-05-01 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
udev. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, May 15, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of udev_0.100-2.1_debconf_ru.po to Russian
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 0.100-2.1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-01 09:23+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-23 22:01+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:2001
msgid "Reboot needed after this upgrade"
msgstr "После обновления требуется перезагрузка"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You are currently upgrading udev using an incompatible kernel version. A "
#| "compatible version is installed or being installed on your system, but "
#| "you need to reboot using this new kernel as soon as the upgrade is "
#| "complete."
msgid ""
"You are currently upgrading udev using an incompatible kernel version. A "
"compatible version is installed or being installed on the system, but you "
"need to reboot using this new kernel as soon as the upgrade is complete."
msgstr ""
"Вы обновляете udev на машине с работающей несовместимой версией ядра. "
"Совместимая версия уже установлена или будет установлена в систему, но вам "
"нужно перезагрузиться с новым ядром сразу после завершения обновления."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Without a reboot with this new kernel version, your system may become "
#| "UNUSABLE."
msgid ""
"Without a reboot with this new kernel version, the system may become "
"UNUSABLE."
msgstr ""
"Без перезагрузки с ядром новой версии, система может стать НЕРАБОТОСПОСОБНОЙ."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Proceed with the upgrade nevertheless?"
msgid "Proceed with the udev upgrade despite the kernel incompatibility?"
msgstr "Продолжить обновление несмотря на это?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:3001
msgid ""
"You are currently upgrading udev to a version that is not compatible with "
"the currently running kernel."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You are currently upgrading udev using an incompatible kernel version. "
#| "You MUST install a compatible kernel version (2.6.15 or more) before "
#| "proceeding with the upgrade, otherwise your system may become UNUSABLE. "
#| "Packages with a name starting with \"linux-image-2.6-\" provide a kernel "
#| "image usable with this new udev version."
msgid ""
"You MUST install a compatible kernel version (2.6.15 or more) before "
"upgrading, otherwise the system may become UNUSABLE. Packages with a name "
"starting with \"linux-image-2.6-\" provide a kernel image usable with this "
"new udev version."
msgstr ""
"Вы обновляете udev на машине с работающей несовместимой версией ядра. Вы "
"ДОЛЖНЫ установить совместимую версию (2.6.15 или новее) перед тем как "
"продолжать обновление, иначе система может стать НЕРАБОТОСПОСОБНОЙ. Имена "
"пакетов с ядрами, совместимыми с новой версией udev, начинаются на \"linux-"
"image-2.6-\"."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you choose to upgrade udev nevertheless, you should install a "
#| "compatible kernel and reboot on it as soon as possible. You have been "
#| "warned."
msgid ""
"If you choose to upgrade udev nevertheless, you should install a compatible "
"kernel and reboot with that kernel as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
"Если вы продолжите обновление udev несмотря на это, то вам нужно установить "
"совместимое ядро и перезагрузить машину как можно скорее. Считайте это "
"предупреждением."

Please update debconf PO translation for the package udev 0.105-5 (2nd version)

2007-05-01 Thread Christian Perrier

(2nd version: I just discovered double spaces in the first version I sent)

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
udev. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, May 15, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of udev_0.100-2.1_debconf_ru.po to Russian
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 0.100-2.1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-01 10:38+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-23 22:01+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:2001
msgid "Reboot needed after this upgrade"
msgstr "После обновления требуется перезагрузка"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../udev.templates:3001
msgid ""
"You are currently upgrading udev to a version that is not compatible with "
"the currently running kernel."
msgstr ""

Please (again) update debconf PO translation for the package mnogosearch 3.2.41-0.3

2007-05-03 Thread Christian Perrier

(sorry, second call for updates. A change occurred in the package's
templates. Please note that the update delay is thus extended)

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
mnogosearch. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, May 17, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of mnogosearch_3.2.37-3.1_ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mnogosearch_3.2.37-3.1_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-03 18:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-19 14:00+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Mnogosearch setup program"
msgstr "Вас приветствует программа установки mnogosearch"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please note that questions about the mnogosearch settings will only be asked "
"once for each option."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"The configuration script needs the ability to remotely connect to the "
"database server, create databases, add users and create tables. The /usr/"
"share/doc/mnogosearch/INSTALL.gz documentation file provides information "
"about the setup of these databases for users who don't want to run this "
"configuration process automatically."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Overwrite mnogosearch configuration files?"
msgstr "Перезаписать файлы конфигурации mnogosearch?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"Existing mnogosearch configuration files will not be overwritten unless "
"explicitly accepted."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
msgid "single"
msgstr "single, multi"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "multi"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "blob"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:5002
#, fuzzy
msgid "Layout mode for the index database:"
msgstr "Порт для подключения к базе данных?"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:5002
msgid ""
"You can choose among different indexing modes for the mnogosearch database:\n"
" - single: words are stored in a single table;\n"
" - multi: words are spread over 13 tables sorted on word length. This\n"
" results in faster fixed width tables.\n"
" - blob: fastest mode but not supported by SQLite."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:5002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "For more information about these modes, read /usr/share/doc/mnogosearch/"
#| "storage.txt"
msgid ""
"For more information about these modes, read /usr/share/doc/mnogosearch/"
"storage.txt."
msgstr ""
"Для подробной информации об этих режимах прочитайте /usr/share/doc/"
"mnogosearch/storage.txt"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "Database server type for mnogosearch:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid ""
"Please choose the type of the database server that will store the indexer "
"data for mnogosearch."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid "Database server administrative user:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid ""
"Please enter the name of the database server administrative account. This "
"account must have privileges to add users, databases and tables."
msgstr ""

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:8001
msgid "Database server administrative user password:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:9001
msgid "Database server host name:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:9001
msgid ""
"Please provide the hostname of the server that will host mnogosearch "
"databases."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:10001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Port number for the database service:"
msgstr "Имя суперпользователя базы данных?"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:10001
msgid "Please specify the database server connection port."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:11001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Database name for mnogosearch:"
msgstr "имя вашей базы данных для mnogosearch ?"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:11001
msgid "Please provide a name for the database to be used by mnogosearch."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../tem

Re: Bug#420862: openssh: [INTL:ru] Updated Russian debconf templates translation

2007-05-08 Thread Christian Perrier

Quoting Christian Perrier ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):
> Quoting Yuriy Talakan' ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):
> > Package: openssh
> > Severity: wishlist
> > Tags: patch l10n
> > 
> > 
> > 
> > Plase use attached file
> 
> 
> 
> The file had an error on line 132. You can't use a "#|" comment before
> other comments. I suggest you validate PO files with:
> 
> msgfmt -o /dev/null -c 
> 
> before sending them
> 
> Please also check the attached file. I made a small correction
> yeterday after a translator's remark and we changes "README.Debian
> files" to "README.Debian file".
> 
> Apparently you did use the plural there you we need you to slightly
> update that translation.


So far, there has been no answer to this requestthe end of the
call for translation updates is coming.




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

Please update debconf PO translation for the package postfix 2.4.0-5

2007-05-08 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
postfix. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, May 23, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of postfix_2.3.7-3_ru.po to Russian
# translation of postfix_2.2.3-2_ru.po to Russian
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
#
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: postfix_2.3.7-3_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-09 07:36+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-22 09:05+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add mydomain entry in main.cf for upgrade?"
msgid "Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade?"
msgstr "Добавить значение mydomain в main.cf для обновления?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. "
#| "Specifically, mydomain must be specified, since hostname(2) is not a "
#| "fully-qualified domain name (FQDN)."
msgid ""
"Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, "
"mydomain must be specified, since hostname(2) is not a fully qualified "
"domain name (FQDN)."
msgstr ""
"Postfix версии 2.3.3-2 и позже требует изменений в main.cf. А именно, надо "
"задать mydomain, поскольку hostname(2) это не полное доменное имя (FQDN)."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer.  Decline this option "
#| "to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this "
#| "configuration yourself.  Accept this option to automatically set mydomain "
#| "based on the FQDN of the machine."
msgid ""
"Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to "
"abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration "
"yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN "
"of the machine."
msgstr ""
"Ошибки при исправлении приведут к неработоспособной почтовой программе.  "
"Откажитесь, чтобы прервать обновление, и воспользуйтесь моментом для "
"добавления этой настройки самостоятельно.  Согласитесь, и в этом случае "
"mydomain автоматически установится в соответствии с FQDN машины."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you "
"proceeed with the installation, Postfix will not run."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Correct tlsmgr entry in master.cf for upgrade?"
msgstr "Исправить запись tlsmgr в master.cf для обновления?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Postfix version 2.2 has changed the invocation of tlsmgr."
msgstr "Postfix версии 2.2 изменил вызов tlsmgr."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer.  Decline this option "
#| "to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this "
#| "configuration yourself.  Accept this option to automatically make master."
#| "cf compatible with Postfix 2.2 in this respect."
msgid ""
"Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to "
"abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration "
"yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with "
"Postfix 2.2 in this respect."
msgstr ""
"Ошибки при исправлении приведут к неработоспособной почтовой программе.  "
"Откажитесь, чтобы прервать обновление, и воспользуйтесь моментом для "
"добавления этой настройки самостоятельно.  Согласитесь, и в этом случае "
"master.cf автоматически станет совместимым с Postfix 2.2."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "Ignore bad hostname entry?"
msgstr "Игнорировать плохое значение имени машины?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "does not follow RFC 1035 and does not appear to be a valid IP address."
msgid ""
"The string \"${enteredstring}\" does not follow RFC 1035 and does not appear "
"to be a valid IP address."
msgstr "не  совместимую с RFC 1035 и не соответствующую правильному IP адресу."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../template

Please update some translations for the Debian "sarge" installer

2007-05-11 Thread Christian Perrier

Yes, Debian sarge, really..:-)

Some support will soon be added in the Debian "sarge" installer so that
sarge can still be installed with it even though sarge is now "oldstable"
and no longer "stable".

That means introducing/changing a few strings and add "oldstable" to the
list of distributions as well as a brief explanation of what "oldstable" is.

The attached PO file contains such strings and will be merged in the
relevant packages.

Please send the completed file *privately to me* (there is no package to
send a bug report to) before Tuesday May 15th 23:59UTC.

Many thanks in advance

# translation of ru.po to Russian
# Russian messages for debian-installer.
# Copyright (C) 2003 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-installer.
# Russian L10N Team , 2004.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004, 2005.
# Dmitry Beloglazov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-06 18:59+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-25 21:11+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:8
#, fuzzy
msgid "oldstable, stable, testing, unstable"
msgstr "стабильная (stable), тестируемая (testing), нестабильная (unstable)"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:9
msgid "Oldstable is the previous stable distribution."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../../apt-setup.templates:7
#, fuzzy
msgid "stable, unstable, testing, oldstable"
msgstr "стабильная (stable), тестируемая (testing), нестабильная (unstable)"

Please update debconf PO translation for the package lsb 3.1-23.2

2007-05-13 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
lsb. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, May 27, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of lsb_3.1-10_debconf_ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: lsb_3.1-10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-13 09:16+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-30 10:49+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Should shadow passwords be enabled?"
msgid "Enable shadow passwords?"
msgstr "Включить поддержку теневых паролей?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The Linux Standard Base requires that certain features of adduser(8) be "
#| "available to conforming applications (such as password aging). Debian "
#| "only provides these features when shadow passwords are enabled; however, "
#| "your system currently has shadow passwords disabled."
msgid ""
"The Linux Standard Base requires that certain features of adduser(8) be "
"available to conforming applications (such as password aging). These "
"features are only provided when shadow passwords are enabled, while this "
"system has them disabled."
msgstr ""
"По стандарту Linux Standard Base требуется, чтобы определённые возможности "
"adduser(8) были доступны для соответствующих стандарту приложений (например, "
"устаревание паролей). Debian предоставляет эти возможности только, если "
"включён механизм теневых паролей; однако на данный момент в вашей системе "
"теневые пароли выключены."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Most LSB applications will work fine with either setting, but 100% "
#| "conformance requires shadow passwords to be enabled."
msgid ""
"Most LSB applications will work fine with either setting, but complete "
"conformance requires shadow passwords to be enabled."
msgstr ""
"Большинство LSB приложений будут правильно работать при любой настройке, но "
"для 100% соответствия требуется включить теневые пароли."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Generally speaking, it is considered good practice to enable shadow "
#| "passwords.  However, there are some situations in which shadow passwords "
#| "may not work properly (most notably, if non-root users need to "
#| "authenticate passwords against /etc/passwd)."
msgid ""
"Generally speaking, it is considered good practice to enable shadow "
"passwords. However, there are some situations in which shadow passwords may "
"not work properly (most notably, if non-root users need to check passwords "
"against /etc/passwd)."
msgstr ""
"Вообще, считается хорошей практикой использовать механизм теневых паролей. "
"Однако, возможны ситуации, при которых теневые пароли могут работать "
"неправильно (самая заметная, когда обычным пользователям требуется "
"аутентификация паролей через /etc/passwd)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you answer in the affirmative, the command 'shadowconfig on' will be "
#~ "run to enable shadow passwords."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Если вы ответите утвердительно, будет запущена команда 'shadowconfig on' "
#~ "для включения теневых паролей."

Please update debconf PO translation for the package postfix 2.4.0-5

2007-05-14 Thread Christian Perrier

(2nd call for updates after some translators suggested changes to the
original templates. Sorry for the trouble).

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
postfix. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, May 28, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of postfix_2.3.7-3_ru.po to Russian
# translation of postfix_2.2.3-2_ru.po to Russian
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
#
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: postfix_2.3.7-3_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-14 19:27+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-22 09:05+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add mydomain entry in main.cf for upgrade?"
msgid "Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade?"
msgstr "Добавить значение mydomain в main.cf для обновления?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. "
#| "Specifically, mydomain must be specified, since hostname(2) is not a "
#| "fully-qualified domain name (FQDN)."
msgid ""
"Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, "
"mydomain must be specified, since hostname(1) is not a fully qualified "
"domain name (FQDN)."
msgstr ""
"Postfix версии 2.3.3-2 и позже требует изменений в main.cf. А именно, надо "
"задать mydomain, поскольку hostname(2) это не полное доменное имя (FQDN)."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer.  Decline this option "
#| "to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this "
#| "configuration yourself.  Accept this option to automatically set mydomain "
#| "based on the FQDN of the machine."
msgid ""
"Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to "
"abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration "
"yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN "
"of the machine."
msgstr ""
"Ошибки при исправлении приведут к неработоспособной почтовой программе.  "
"Откажитесь, чтобы прервать обновление, и воспользуйтесь моментом для "
"добавления этой настройки самостоятельно.  Согласитесь, и в этом случае "
"mydomain автоматически установится в соответствии с FQDN машины."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you "
"proceed with the installation, Postfix will not run."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Correct tlsmgr entry in master.cf for upgrade?"
msgstr "Исправить запись tlsmgr в master.cf для обновления?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Postfix version 2.2 has changed the invocation of tlsmgr."
msgstr "Postfix версии 2.2 изменил вызов tlsmgr."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer.  Decline this option "
#| "to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this "
#| "configuration yourself.  Accept this option to automatically make master."
#| "cf compatible with Postfix 2.2 in this respect."
msgid ""
"Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to "
"abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration "
"yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with "
"Postfix 2.2 in this respect."
msgstr ""
"Ошибки при исправлении приведут к неработоспособной почтовой программе.  "
"Откажитесь, чтобы прервать обновление, и воспользуйтесь моментом для "
"добавления этой настройки самостоятельно.  Согласитесь, и в этом случае "
"master.cf автоматически станет совместимым с Postfix 2.2."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ignore bad hostname entry?"
msgid "Ignore incorrect hostname entry?"
msgstr "Игнорировать плохое значение имени машины?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "does not follow RFC 1035 and does not appear to be a valid IP address."
msgid ""
"The string '${enteredstring}' does not follow RFC 1035 and does not ap

Re: Bug#424438: debconf PO Russian translations for mnogosearch

2007-05-17 Thread Christian Perrier

Quoting Sergey Alyoshin ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):
> On 5/16/07, Christian Perrier <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> wrote:
> >The file was funnily corrupted, with extra cruft at the beginning and
> >the end of the PO file.
> >
> >Removing these lines made gettext happy. See attached file.
> >
> >To maintainer: please use "my" file and not the original one.
> 
> This is not a corruption. I missed ".tar" suffix before ".bz2", sorry.

Hmmm, OK.

While we're at it, sending a single PO file in a tarball doesn't make
much sense.

Compressing the file doesn't also make much sense now. In the past,
this was convenient to circumvent encoding problems with broken MUA,
but these days are over now.

I really suggest sending PO files with the exact name they should be
used under, so in your case "ru.po".

signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

Please update debconf PO translation for the package tcp-wrappers 7.6.dbs-14

2007-05-21 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of the debconf translation for
tcp-wrappers. 

The recently reviewed templates were corrected by the maintainer and
therefore need to be updated before he can upload the package.

For those of you who recently sent updates, please send your updates to the
already existing bug report (ie send to [EMAIL PROTECTED]):

- Japanese. Closes: #419712, #419711
- Korean. Closes: #419739
- Norwegian Bokm??l. Closes: #419743
- Russian. Closes: #419824
- Swedish. Closes: #419834
- Galician. Closes: #419858, #412493
- Brazilian Portuguese. Closes: #419955
- German. Closes: #420215, #419779
- Hungarian. Closes: #420423
- Czech. Closes: #421483
- Portuguese. Closes: #422036
- Tamil. Closes: #419645

If your language does not appear above and you want to send an update,
please send it as a new bug report against tcp-wrappers.




ru.po
Description: application/gettext


signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

Re: Please update debconf PO translation for the package alsa-driver 1.0.14~rc3-2

2007-05-24 Thread Christian Perrier

Serge Winitzki a écrit :
> hi,
> 
> I am sending you the updated ru.po file as an
> attachment. Unfortunately I have no idea how to submit
> a "wishlist bug" because I am not a regular developer
> (I am just an occasional translator). It would take a
> lot of time for me to learn the bug tracking system
> you are using. I hope this is okay.


Well, did you coordinate this with the russian translation team?


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of "unsubscribe". Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Re: Please update debconf PO translation for the package alsa-driver 1.0.14~rc3-2

2007-05-24 Thread Christian Perrier

Quoting Serge Winitzki ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):
> hi,
> 
> I am sending you the updated ru.po file as an
> attachment. Unfortunately I have no idea how to submit
> a "wishlist bug" because I am not a regular developer
> (I am just an occasional translator). It would take a
> lot of time for me to learn the bug tracking system
> you are using. I hope this is okay.

Please also note that the file you sent me has 3 fuzzy and 1
untranslated string



ru.po
Description: application/gettext


signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

Please update debconf PO translation for the package dhcp3 3.0.4-15

2007-05-27 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
dhcp3. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, June 10, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of dhcp3_3.0.4-10_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp3_3.0.4-10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-27 13:32+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-15 22:04+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DHCP servers to which the DHCP relay should forward requests to:"
msgid "Servers the DHCP relay should forward requests to:"
msgstr "Серверы DHCP, на которые будет пересылать запросы DHCP-релей:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The name or IP address of at least one DHCP server to which DHCP and "
#| "BOOTP requests should be relayed must be specified on the command line."
msgid ""
"Please enter the hostname or IP address of at least one DHCP server to which "
"DHCP and BOOTP requests should be relayed."
msgstr ""
"В командной строке должно быть указано имя или IP-адрес минимум одного DHCP-"
"сервера, на который будут пересылаться DHCP и BOOTP-запросы."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can specify more than one server, just separate the server names (or "
#| "IP addresses) with spaces."
msgid ""
"You can specify more than one server; server names or IP addresses should "
"then be space-separated."
msgstr ""
"Вы можете указать более одного сервера, просто отделив имена серверов (или "
"IP-адреса) пробелами друг от друга."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001
msgid "Interfaces the DHCP relay should listen on:"
msgstr "Сетевые интерфейсы, на которых будет работать DHCP-релей:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please enter the names of the network interfaces that dhcp3-relay should "
"attempt to configure, as a space-separated list."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Leave this field blank to allow for automatic detection and configuration of "
"network interfaces by dhcp3-relay, in which case only broadcast interfaces "
"will be used (if possible)."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Additional options for the Daemon:"
msgid "Additional options for the DHCP relay daemon:"
msgstr "Дополнительные параметры для демона:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "It is possible to specify additional options for the DHCP relay daemon."
msgid "Please specify any additional options for the DHCP relay daemon."
msgstr "Можно указать дополнительные параметры демона DHCP-релея."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "example: \"-m replace\" or \"-a -D\""
msgid "For example: \"-m replace\" or \"-a -D\"."
msgstr "пример: \"-m replace\" или \"-a -D\""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-server.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Manual configuration required after installation!"
msgid "Manual configuration required after installation"
msgstr "После установки требуется настройка вручную!"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-server.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "After the DHCP server is installed you will need to manually configure it "
#| "by editing the file /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf. Please note that a sample "
#| "dhcpd.conf is supplied, but the configuration there is just a sample that "
#| "requires editing and customization to your own network environment."
msgid ""
"After the DHCP server is installed, you will need to manually configure it "
"by editing the file /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf. Please

(2nd call) Please update debconf PO translation for the package dhcp3 3.0.4-15

2007-05-28 Thread Christian Perrier

(2nd call: late corrections made after remarks received from other
translators. Already sent translations have been included)

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
dhcp3. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, June 12, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of dhcp3_3.0.4-10_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp3_3.0.4-10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-29 07:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-15 22:04+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DHCP servers to which the DHCP relay should forward requests to:"
msgid "Servers the DHCP relay should forward requests to:"
msgstr "Серверы DHCP, на которые будет пересылать запросы DHCP-релей:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The name or IP address of at least one DHCP server to which DHCP and "
#| "BOOTP requests should be relayed must be specified on the command line."
msgid ""
"Please enter the hostname or IP address of at least one DHCP server to which "
"DHCP and BOOTP requests should be relayed."
msgstr ""
"В командной строке должно быть указано имя или IP-адрес минимум одного DHCP-"
"сервера, на который будут пересылаться DHCP и BOOTP-запросы."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can specify more than one server, just separate the server names (or "
#| "IP addresses) with spaces."
msgid ""
"You can specify multiple server names or IP addresses (in a space-separated "
"list)."
msgstr ""
"Вы можете указать более одного сервера, просто отделив имена серверов (или "
"IP-адреса) пробелами друг от друга."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001
msgid "Interfaces the DHCP relay should listen on:"
msgstr "Сетевые интерфейсы, на которых будет работать DHCP-релей:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please specify which network interface(s) the DHCP relay should attempt to "
"configure. Multiple interface names should be entered as a space-separated "
"list."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Leave this field blank to allow for automatic detection and configuration of "
"network interfaces by the DHCP relay, in which case only broadcast "
"interfaces will be used (if possible)."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Additional options for the Daemon:"
msgid "Additional options for the DHCP relay daemon:"
msgstr "Дополнительные параметры для демона:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "It is possible to specify additional options for the DHCP relay daemon."
msgid "Please specify any additional options for the DHCP relay daemon."
msgstr "Можно указать дополнительные параметры демона DHCP-релея."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "example: \"-m replace\" or \"-a -D\""
msgid "For example: '-m replace' or '-a -D'."
msgstr "пример: \"-m replace\" или \"-a -D\""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-server.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Manual configuration required after installation!"
msgid "Manual configuration required after installation"
msgstr "После установки требуется настройка вручную!"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-server.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "After the DHCP server is installed you will need to manually configure it "
#| "by editing the file /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf. Please note that a sample "
#| "dhcpd.conf is supplied, but the configuration there is just a sample that "
#| "requires editing and customization to your own network env

(3rd call!) Please update debconf PO translation for the package dhcp3 3.0.4-15

2007-05-30 Thread Christian Perrier

(there are packages, sometimes, who apparently get a malediction. So, folks,
a mistake slipped in the second attempt to call for translation updates for
dhcp3 and it is my sad duty to inform you that we have to do one more round)

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
dhcp3. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file against already reported bug if you already
sent an update.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, June 13, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of dhcp3_3.0.4-10_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp3_3.0.4-10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-30 21:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-15 22:04+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "DHCP servers to which the DHCP relay should forward requests to:"
msgid "Servers the DHCP relay should forward requests to:"
msgstr "Серверы DHCP, на которые будет пересылать запросы DHCP-релей:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The name or IP address of at least one DHCP server to which DHCP and "
#| "BOOTP requests should be relayed must be specified on the command line."
msgid ""
"Please enter the hostname or IP address of at least one DHCP server to which "
"DHCP and BOOTP requests should be relayed."
msgstr ""
"В командной строке должно быть указано имя или IP-адрес минимум одного DHCP-"
"сервера, на который будут пересылаться DHCP и BOOTP-запросы."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can specify more than one server, just separate the server names (or "
#| "IP addresses) with spaces."
msgid ""
"You can specify multiple server names or IP addresses (in a space-separated "
"list)."
msgstr ""
"Вы можете указать более одного сервера, просто отделив имена серверов (или "
"IP-адреса) пробелами друг от друга."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001
msgid "Interfaces the DHCP relay should listen on:"
msgstr "Сетевые интерфейсы, на которых будет работать DHCP-релей:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Please specify which network interface(s) the DHCP relay should attempt to "
"configure. Multiple interface names should be entered as a space-separated "
"list."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Leave this field blank to allow for automatic detection and configuration of "
"network interfaces by the DHCP relay, in which case only broadcast "
"interfaces will be used (if possible)."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Additional options for the Daemon:"
msgid "Additional options for the DHCP relay daemon:"
msgstr "Дополнительные параметры для демона:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "It is possible to specify additional options for the DHCP relay daemon."
msgid "Please specify any additional options for the DHCP relay daemon."
msgstr "Можно указать дополнительные параметры демона DHCP-релея."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-relay.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "example: \"-m replace\" or \"-a -D\""
msgid "For example: '-m replace' or '-a -D'."
msgstr "пример: \"-m replace\" или \"-a -D\""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-server.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Manual configuration required after installation!"
msgid "Manual configuration required after installation"
msgstr "После установки требуется настройка вручную!"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../dhcp3-server.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "After the DHCP server is installed you will need to manually configure it "
#| "by editing the file /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf. Please note that a sample "
#| "dhcpd.conf

Please update debconf PO translation for the package net-snmp 5.4~dfsg-2

2007-05-30 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
net-snmp. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, June 14, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of net-snmp_5.2.2-4_debconf_ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: net-snmp_5.2.2-4\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-31 07:40+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-29 09:05+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../snmpd.templates:3001
msgid "Default parameters changed since version 5.2.1"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../snmpd.templates:3001
msgid ""
"The default start parameters of the snmpd agent/daemon have been changed."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../snmpd.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Debian has changed the default start parameters of the snmpd agent/"
#| "daemon. The daemon is now started as user snmp, binds to localhost only "
#| "and SMUX support is disabled. These parameters can all be individually "
#| "changed in /etc/default/snmpd. Please see /usr/share/doc/snmpd/NEWS."
#| "Debian.gz for more details."
msgid ""
"The daemon is now started as user snmp, binds to localhost only and runs "
"with SNMP multiplexing (SMUX) support disabled. These parameters can all be "
"individually changed in /etc/default/snmpd."
msgstr ""
"В Debian изменились параметры запуска по умолчанию snmpd агента/демона. "
"Теперь демон запускается с правами пользователя snmp, ожидает запросы только "
"от localhost, и поддержка SMUX выключена. Каждую из этих настроек можно "
"изменить в файле /etc/default/snmpd. Подробней смотрите в файле /usr/share/"
"doc/snmpd/NEWS.Debian.gz."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../snmpd.templates:3001
msgid "Please see /usr/share/doc/snmpd/NEWS.Debian.gz for more details."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid "Upgrade warning from version 3.6 and below"
#~ msgstr "Внимание пользователей версии 3.6 и ниже"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Debian now uses the NET SNMP agent/daemon. Since the new agent uses an "
#~ "entirely new configuration file format, any configuration you may have "
#~ "previously had can not be automatically updated and must be replaced. "
#~ "Consequently, a security-conscious configuration will be installed by "
#~ "default. Please read the snmpd.conf(5) manual page and then edit /etc/"
#~ "snmp/snmpd.conf accordingly to change the configuration to suit your "
#~ "needs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Теперь в Debian используется NET SNMP агент/демон. Так как новый агент "
#~ "имеет полностью другой формат файла конфигурации, любая имеющаяся "
#~ "конфигурация не может быть автоматически обновлена и должна быть заменена "
#~ "полностью. Поэтому, по умолчанию будет установлен безопасный вариант "
#~ "новой конфигурации. Прочтите страницу руководства snmpd.conf(5) и "
#~ "отредактируйте файл /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf в соответствии с вашими "
#~ "потребностями."

#~ msgid "Upgrade warning from version 5.2.1 and below"
#~ msgstr "Внимание пользователей версии 5.2.1 и ниже"

Please update debconf PO translation for the package squid 2.6.12-4

2007-06-05 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
squid. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, June 20, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of squid_2.5.9-9_ru.po to Russian
# 
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005.
# 
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid_2.5.9-9_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-06 05:56+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-21 17:50+1000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Upgrade squid.conf automatically?"
msgstr "Обновить squid.conf автоматически?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Incompatible settings have been found in the existing squid.conf file."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "They will prevent Squid from starting or working correctly."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"These settings can be corrected now. Please choose whether you want to apply "
"the needed changes."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Fix permissions of cache_dir?"
msgstr "Исправить права доступа на cache_dir?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Values for cache_effective_user and/or cache_effective_group in config "
#| "file  are incompatible with owner/group of cache directories. Do you want "
#| "to automatically fix permissions on cache directory?"
msgid ""
"The values for 'cache_effective_user' and/or 'cache_effective_group' in "
"Squid's configuration file are incompatible with the owner/group of the "
"cache directories."
msgstr ""
"Значения cache_effective_user и/или cache_effective_group из файла настроек "
"не соответствуют владельцу/группе кэш-директории. Желаете автоматически "
"исправить права доступа на кэш-директорию?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Please choose whether this should be fixed automatically."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "WARNING: If you specified a cache directory different from /var/spool/"
#| "squid and selected some other directory used by other programs (e.g. /"
#| "tmp), this could affect those programs."
msgid ""
"However, please note that if you specified a cache directory different from /"
"var/spool/squid (such as /tmp), his could affect any other programs using "
"that directory."
msgstr ""
"ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ: Если вы указали кэш-директорию, отличающуюся от /var/spool/"
"squid, и выбрали другую директорию, которую используют прочие программы "
"(например. /tmp), ваши действия могут повлиять на работоспособность этих "
"программ."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The http_anonymizer directive has been replaced with header_replace and "
#~ "header_access."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Директива http_anonymizer была заменена на header_replace и header_access."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The http_anonymizer directive that was present in squid 2.1 and 2.2 "
#~ "doesn't exist anymore in squid 2.3 and up. It has been replaced with "
#~ "header_replace and header_access that provide more fine-grained control "
#~ "over HTTP headers. Right now, your squid doesn't anonymize the HTTP "
#~ "headers anymore so you probably want to fix this. The new format is "
#~ "explained in the new 2.5 config file, of which you probably have a copy "
#~ "in /usr/share/doc/squid/examples/squid.conf."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Директива http_anonymizer, которая присутствовала в squid 2.1 и 2.2, не "
#~ "существует более в squid 2.3 и выше. Она была заменена директивами "
#~ "header_replace и header_access, которые обеспечивают более тонкий "
#~ "контроль над заголовками HTTP. Сейчас ваш squid не анонимизирует "
#~ "заголовки HTTP, так что вам скорее всего надо исправить это. Новый формат "
#~ "описан в новом файле настроек версии 2.5, копию которого вы можете найти "
#~ "в /usr/share/doc/squid/examples/squid.conf."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The anonymize_headers and fake_user_agent directives have been replaced "
#~ "with header_access and header_replace."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Директивы anonymize_headers и fake_user_agent были заменены на "
#~ "header_access и header_replace."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The anonymize_headers and fake_user_agent directives that were present in "
#~ "squid 2.3 and 2.4 don't exist anymore in squid 2.5 and up. They have been "
#~ "replaced  with header_replace and header_access that provide more fine-"
#~ "grained control  over HTTP headers. Right now, your squid doesn't "
#~ "anonymize the HTTP hea

Please update debconf PO translation for the package exim4 4.67-1exp1

2007-06-05 Thread Christian Perrier

WARNING: This call is an exception. As the changes were made in the
experimental branch of the package and in order to avoid misunderstandings,
please send translation updates TO ME directly *for this package* and *for
this call for translations only*.

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
exim4. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, June 20, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of exim4_debconf_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Dmitry Beloglazov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: exim4-debconf_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-06 07:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-15 14:40+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:1001
msgid "Remove undelivered mails in spool directory?"
msgstr "Удалить недоставленную почту из почтовой очереди?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are mails in the Exim spool directory /var/spool/exim4/input which "
"have not yet been delivered. Removing Exim will cause them to remain "
"undelivered until Exim is re-installed."
msgstr ""
"В каталоге почтовой очереди exim /var/spool/exim4/input есть почта, которая "
"пока не была доставлена. Если Exim будет удалён, то она так и не будет "
"доставлена, пока Exim не будет установлен снова."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:1001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If this option is not chosen, the spool directory is kept, allowing the "
"messages in the queue to be delivered at a later date after Exim is re-"
"installed."
msgstr ""
"Если ответить отрицательно, то каталог почтовой очереди будет сохранён, и "
"сообщения в очереди будут доставлены позже после переустановки Exim."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move undelivered mails from exim 3 to exim4 spool?"
msgstr ""
"Перенести недоставленную почту из почтовой очереди exim(v3) в почтовую "
"очередь exim4?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are some undelivered mails in exim 3 (or exim-tls 3) spool directory /"
"var/spool/exim/input/."
msgstr ""
"Есть недоставленная почта в почтовой очереди exim(v3) или (exim-tls(v3)) в "
"каталоге /var/spool/exim/input/."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Choosing this option will move these messages to exim4's spool (/var/spool/"
"exim4/input/) where they will be handled by exim4."
msgstr ""
"Если ответить положительно, то имеющиеся сообщения будут перенесены в "
"почтовую очередь exim4 (/var/spool/exim4/input/), где они будут обработаны "
"exim4."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This works only one-way: Exim4 can handle exim 3 spool but not vice-versa. "
"If you reject this option, you need to move the messages yourself or they "
"will never be delivered."
msgstr ""
"Это работает только в одну сторону: Exim4 может обрабатывать почтовую "
"очередь exim(v3), но не наоборот. Переносите сообщения только, если не "
"планируете возвращаться на exim(v3). Иначе, сообщения лучше перенести "
"вручную позже."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:3001
msgid "Reconfigure exim4-config instead of this package"
msgstr "Перенастройка с помощью exim4-config."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Exim4 has its configuration factored out into a dedicated package, exim4-"
"config. To reconfigure Exim4, use 'dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config'."
msgstr ""
"Настройка Exim4 вынесена в отдельный пакет, exim4-config. Если нужно "
"перенастроить Exim4, используйте команду dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators beware! the following six strings form a single
#. Choices menu. - Every one of these

Please update debconf PO translation for the package mediawiki1.10 1.9.3-4

2007-06-13 Thread Christian Perrier

(2nd call after merging in mediawiki1.9 translations...but taking care to
keep mediawiki1.10 translations received in the meantime)

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
mediawiki1.10. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, June 27, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of mediawiki1.9-debconf-ru.po to Russian
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 1.9.3-2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-12 18:25+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-30 08:57+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Web server(s) to configure automatically:"
msgstr "Веб-сервер(ы) для автоматической настройки:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please select the web server(s) that should be configured automatically for "
"MediaWiki."
msgstr "Выберите веб-сервер(ы) для автоматической настройки под MediaWiki."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform automatic upgrade from MediaWiki 1.7?"
msgid "Perform upgrade from:"
msgstr "Выполнить обновление автоматически с MediaWiki 1.7?"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "An older version of MediaWiki is installed."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The new package version uses /var/lib/mediawiki1.9 for the wiki "
#| "database. The old database files need to be moved before performing the "
#| "upgrade."
msgid ""
"This installation can be upgraded automatically. The new package version "
"uses /var/lib/mediawiki1.10 for the wiki files. The old database also needs "
"to be updated."
msgstr ""
"В новой версии пакета для базы данных вики используется каталог var/lib/"
"mediawiki1.9. Перед выполнением обновления нужно переместить туда файлы "
"старой базы данных."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This operation can be done automatically: the database will be backed up, "
#| "upgraded, and a new configuration file will be prepared for the new "
#| "version. The operation can be performed now. Alternatively, you can "
#| "perform it later by launching, as root, /usr/share/mediawiki1.9/debian-"
#| "scripts/upgrade-mediawiki1.7."
msgid ""
"If you choose to upgrade MediaWiki automatically, the database will be "
"backed up, upgraded, and a new configuration file will be prepared. "
"Alternatively, you can perform it later with the '/usr/share/mediawiki1.10/"
"debian-scripts/upgrade-mediawiki' command."
msgstr ""
"Эта операция может быть выполнена автоматически: для базы данных будет "
"сделана резервная копия, проведено обновление, будет создан конфигурационный "
"файл для новой версии. Эта операция может быть выполнена прямо сейчас. "
"Иначе, вы можете выполнить это позднее запустив с правами суперпользователя "
"программу /usr/share/mediawiki1.9/debian-scripts/upgrade-mediawiki1.7."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Database administrative user for MediaWiki 1.7:"
msgid "MediaWiki database administrative user:"
msgstr "Административный пользователь базы данных MediaWiki 1.7:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please provide a MySQL account that has administrative access to the "
#| "MediaWiki 1.7 database."
msgid ""
"Please provide a MySQL account that has administrative access to the old "
"MediaWiki database."
msgstr ""
"Введите учётную запись MySQL с административным доступом к базе данных "
"MediaWiki 1.7."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "When in doubt, the MySQL root account can be used."
msgstr ""
"Если не знаете, можно использовать учётную запись суперпользователя MySQL "
"(root)."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"An AdminSettings.php file will be generated unless the root account is "
"specified."
msgstr ""
"Если указана не учётная запись root, то будет создан файл AdminSettings.php."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Database administrative password for MediaWiki 1.7:"
msgid "MediaWiki database administrative password:"
msgstr "Административный пароль к базе данных MediaW

Please update debconf PO translation for the package gnome-applets 2.18.0-4

2007-06-16 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
gnome-applets. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, June 30, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of gnome-applets_2.14.2-1_debconf_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gnome-applets_2.14.2-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-16 09:24+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-08 21:27+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Install cpufreq-selector with SUID root?"
msgid "Should cpufreq-selector run with root privileges?"
msgstr "Установить cpufreq-selector как SUID root программу?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The 'cpufreq-selector' program, part of the CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor "
"can be set up to use superuser privileges when it is run ('SUID root')."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, any ordinary user will have the power to set the "
"processor's clock frequency. However, this may also be potentially "
"exploitable in security attacks."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The applet will continue to work if you choose to disable SUID for "
#| "cpufreq-selector, but only for monitoring the CPU clock frequency. You "
#| "may need to restart this applet before this decision takes effect."
msgid ""
"The applet will continue to work if you choose to disable SUID for cpufreq-"
"selector, but only for monitoring the CPU clock frequency. The applet may "
"need to be restarted for a change to take effect."
msgstr ""
"Апплет будет работать и с выключенным SUID битом для cpufreq-selector, но "
"только в качестве монитора частоты процессора. Вам может потребоваться "
"перезагрузить апплет, чтобы изменения начали действовать."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you change your mind later, run \"dpkg-reconfigure gnome-applets\""
msgid ""
"If in doubt, accept the default of no SUID root. To change this setting "
"later, run 'dpkg-reconfigure gnome-applets'."
msgstr ""
"Если вы передумаете, то позже можете запустить \"dpkg-reconfigure gnome-"
"applets\"."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You have the option of installing a component of the CPU Frequency "
#~ "Scaling Monitor (cpufreq-selector) with the SUID bit set."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Установка на Монитор изменения частоты процессора (cpufreq-selector) SUID "
#~ "бита."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you make cpufreq-selector SUID, any user can then set the CPU's clock "
#~ "frequency without needing any additional privileges. This could, however, "
#~ "potentially allow it to be used during a security attack on your "
#~ "computer. If in doubt, it is suggested that you install it without SUID."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Если вы установите SUID бит на cpufreq-selector, то любой пользователь "
#~ "сможет настраивать частоту процессора без получения дополнительных "
#~ "привилегий. Однако, теоретически, это может быть использовано для "
#~ "нарушения безопасности вашего компьютера. Если сомневаетесь, то не "
#~ "устанавливайте SUID бит."

Please update debconf PO translation for the package krb5 1.6.dfsg.1-5

2007-06-18 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
krb5. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, July 02, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of krb5_1.4.3-8_debconf_ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: krb5_1.4.3-8\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-18 15:23+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-29 09:43+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../krb5-admin-server.templates:2001
msgid "Setting up a Kerberos Realm"
msgstr "Настройка области Kerberos"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../krb5-admin-server.templates:2001
msgid ""
"This package contains the administrative tools required to run the Kerberos "
"master server."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../krb5-admin-server.templates:2001
msgid ""
"However, installing this package does not automatically set up a Kerberos "
"realm.  This can be done later by running the \"krb5_newrealm\" command."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../krb5-admin-server.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please also read the /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc/README.KDC file and the "
"administration guide found in the krb5-doc package."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../krb5-admin-server.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Run the Kerberos5 administration daemon (kadmind)?"
msgid "Run the Kerberos V5 administration daemon (kadmind)?"
msgstr "Запускать демон администрирования Kerberos5 (kadmind)?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../krb5-admin-server.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Kadmind serves requests to add/modify/remove principals in the Kerberos "
"database."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../krb5-admin-server.templates:3001
msgid ""
"It is required by the kpasswd program, used to change passwords.  With "
"standard setups, this daemon should run on the master KDC."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../krb5-kdc.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create Kerberos KDC Configuration with debconf?"
msgid "Create the Kerberos KDC configuration automatically?"
msgstr "Создавать конфигурацию Kerberos KDC с помощью debconf?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../krb5-kdc.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The Kerberos Domain Controller (KDC) configuration files, in /etc/krb5kdc, "
"may be created automatically."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../krb5-kdc.templates:2001
msgid ""
"By default, an example template will be copied into this directory with "
"local parameters filled in."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../krb5-kdc.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Administrators who already have infrastructure to manage their Kerberos "
"configuration may wish to disable these automatic configuration changes."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../krb5-kdc.templates:3001
msgid "disable"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../krb5-kdc.templates:3001
msgid "full"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../krb5-kdc.templates:3001
msgid "nopreauth"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../krb5-kdc.templates:3001
msgid "none"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../krb5-kdc.templates:3002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Kerberos4 compatibility mode to use:"
msgid "Kerberos V4 compatibility mode to use:"
msgstr "Используемый режим совместимости с Kerberos4:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../krb5-kdc.templates:3002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, Kerberos4 requests are allowed from principals that do not "
#| "require preauthentication.  This allows Kerberos4 services to exist while "
#| "requiring most users to use Kerberos5 clients to get their initial "
#| "tickets.  These tickets can then be converted to Kerberos4 tickets.  "
#| "Alternatively, the mode can be set to full, allowing Kerberos4 to get "
#| "initial tickets even when preauthentication would normally be required, "
#| "or to disable, which will disable all Kerberos4 support."
msgid ""
"By default, Kerberos V4 requests are allowed from principals that do not "
"require preauthentication (\"nopreauth\").  This allows Kerberos V4 services "
"to exist while requiring most users to use Kerberos V5 clients to get their "
"initial tickets.  These tickets can then be converted to Kerberos V4 tickets."
msgstr ""
"По умолчанию, запросы Kerberos4 разрешены от пользователей, которые не "
"требуют предварительной аутентификации. Это позволяет существовать сервисам "
"Ker

Please update debconf PO translation for the package ucf 3.002

2007-06-20 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
ucf. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, July 03, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of ucf_2.0021_debconf-ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ucf_2.007\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-18 23:28+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-26 21:38+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:2001
msgid "Modified configuration file"
msgstr "Изменён файл конфигурации"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns)
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001
msgid "install the package maintainer's version"
msgstr "установить версию из пакета"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns)
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "keep your currently-installed version"
msgid "keep the local version currently installed"
msgstr "сохранить имеющуюся версию"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns)
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001
msgid "show the differences between the versions"
msgstr "показать различия между версиями"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns)
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001
msgid "show a side-by-side difference between the versions"
msgstr "показать различия между версиями в одну строку"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns)
#: ../templates.master:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "show a 3 way difference between available versions of the file"
msgid "show a 3-way difference between available versions"
msgstr "показать различия сразу между 3-мя версиями файла"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns)
#: ../templates.master:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "do a 3 way merge between available versions of the file [Very "
#| "Experimental]"
msgid "do a 3-way merge between available versions (experimental)"
msgstr "выполнить слияние 3-х имеющихся версий файла [ЭКСПЕРИМЕНТАЛЬНЫЙ РЕЖИМ]"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns)
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001
msgid "start a new shell to examine the situation"
msgstr "запустить новую оболочку командной строки для прояснения ситуации"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:3002 ../templates.master:4002
msgid "What would you like to do about ${BASENAME}?"
msgstr "Что нужно сделать с ${BASENAME}?"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:3002 ../templates.master:4002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A new version of configuration file ${FILE} is available, but your "
#| "version has been locally modified."
msgid ""
"A new version of configuration file ${FILE} is available, but the version "
"installed currently has been locally modified."
msgstr ""
"Для конфигурационного файла ${FILE} есть новая версия, но файл находящийся в "
"системе был изменён."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "show the differences between the versions"
msgid "Line by line differences between versions"
msgstr "показать различия между версиями"

Please update debconf PO translation for the package man-db 2.4.4-4

2007-06-27 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
man-db. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, July 11, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-27 18:31+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-28 09:19+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=KOI8-R\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:2001
msgid "Should man and mandb be installed 'setuid man'?"
msgstr "Установить программы man и mandb как 'setuid man'?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:2001
msgid ""
"The man and mandb program can be installed with the set-user-id bit set, so "
"that they will run with the permissions of the 'man' user. This allows "
"ordinary users to benefit from the caching of preformatted manual pages "
"('cat pages'), which may aid performance on slower machines."
msgstr ""
"Программы man и mandb могут быть установлены с включённым битом set-user-id, "
"для того чтобы они запускались с правами пользователя 'man'. Это разрешит "
"обычным пользователям использовать ранееотформатированные страницы "
"руководств ('cat pages'), что улучшит производительность медленных машин."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:2001
msgid ""
"Cached man pages only work if you are using an 80-column terminal, to avoid "
"one user causing cat pages to be saved at widths that would be inconvenient "
"for other users. If you use a wide terminal, you can force man pages to be "
"formatted to 80 columns anyway by setting MANWIDTH=80."
msgstr ""
"Кешированные страницы руководств работают только, если вы используете 80-ти "
"колоночный терминал, что избавляет от сохранения в кеше страниц одного из "
"пользователей с форматом, несовместимым с форматом других пользователей. "
"Если вы используете широкий терминал, то можете принудительно форматировать "
"страницы по 80 символов в строке установкой MANWIDTH=80."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:2001
msgid ""
"Enabling this feature may be a security risk, so it is disabled by default. "
"If in doubt, you should leave it disabled."
msgstr ""
"Включение этой возможности является угрозой безопасности, поэтому по "
"умолчанию она выключена. Если не знаете, что делать, то оставьте как есть."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001
msgid "Should mandb build its database now?"
msgstr "Создать базу данных mandb сейчас?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:3001
msgid ""
"You do not yet have a database of manual page descriptions. Building one may "
"take some time, depending on how many pages you have installed; it will "
"happen in the background, possibly slowing down the installation of other "
"packages."
msgstr ""
"База данных описаний страниц руководств не существует. Ее создание может "
"занять некоторое время, в зависимости от количества установленных страниц "
"руководств; создание базы производится в фоновом режиме, что может замедлить "
"установку остальных пакетов."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you do not build the database now, it will be built the next time /etc/"
#| "cron.weekly/mandb runs, or you can do it yourself using 'mandb -c' as "
#| "user 'man'. In the meantime, the 'whatis' and 'apropos' commands will not "
#| "be able to display any output."
msgid ""
"If you do not build the database now, it will be built the next time /etc/"
"cron.weekly/man-db runs (automatically or manually). Until then, the "
"'whatis' and 'apropos' commands will not be able to display any output."
msgstr ""
"Если вы не построите базу даных сейчас, то она будет построена при "
"следующемзапуске /etc/cron.weekly/mandb, или вы можете запустить команду "
"'mandb -c' от имени пользователя 'man'. До этого момента команды 'whatis'

Please update debconf PO translation for the package adduser 3.103

2007-06-30 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
adduser. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, July 14, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004, 2005.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: adduser-debconf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-30 09:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-14 15:06+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want system wide readable home directories?"
msgid "Do you want system-wide readable home directories?"
msgstr "Хотите сделать домашние каталоги доступными для чтения всем в системе?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Normally, home directories can be viewed by all users on the system. If "
#| "you want to increase the security/privacy on your system, you might want "
#| "your home directories only readable by the user. If you are unsure, "
#| "enable system wide readable home directories."
msgid ""
"By default, users' home directories are readable by all users on the system. "
"If you want to increase security and privacy, you might want home "
"directories to be readable only for their owners. But if in doubt, leave "
"this option enabled."
msgstr ""
"Обычно, домашние каталоги могут просматриваться всеми пользователями "
"системы. В целях повышения безопасности/конфиденциальности, вы можете "
"сделать так, чтобы содержимое домашних каталогов было доступно только его "
"владельцу. Если не уверены, ответьте \"да\", тогда домашние каталоги будут "
"доступны для чтения всем."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This will only affect home directories of users added with the adduser "
#| "program later."
msgid ""
"This will only affect home directories of users added from now on with the "
"adduser command."
msgstr ""
"Это коснётся только домашних каталогов новых пользователей (т.е. которые "
"будут добавлены в систему с помощью adduser позднее)."

Please update debconf PO translation for the package gpm 1.19.6-26

2007-06-30 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
gpm. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, July 14, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of gpm_1.19.6-23_debconf_ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the gpm package.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 1.19.6-23\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-30 09:49+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-05 11:15+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you want to start or restart GPM while X is running?"
msgid "Do you want to (re)start GPM while X is running?"
msgstr "Запускать или перезапускать GPM, если работает оконная система X?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Usually, GPM should be started or restarted when it is installed or "
#| "upgraded.  But when X is running and trying to use the same mouse device, "
#| "this can sometimes cause a problem with the X mouse cursor. Switching to "
#| "the console and then back to X will usually fix it."
msgid ""
"Usually, GPM should be started or restarted when it is installed or "
"upgraded. However, when X is running and trying to use the same mouse "
"device, this can sometimes cause a problem with the X mouse cursor. "
"Switching to the console and then back to X will usually fix it."
msgstr ""
"Обычно, GPM нужно запускать или перезапускать только при установке или "
"обновлении. Но если работает X и пытается использовать тоже устройство мышь, "
"в X иногда может возникать проблема с курсором мыши. Переключение на консоль "
"и обратно в X, обычно, решают эту проблему."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:3001
msgid "Mouse device for GPM:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:3001
msgid "Please enter the mouse device name."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Common mouse devices names:\n"
" - PS/2 mouse: /dev/psaux\n"
" - Serial mouse:   /dev/ttySx\n"
" - USB mouse:  /dev/input/mice\n"
" - Sun mouse:  /dev/sunmouse\n"
" - M68k Mac mouse: /dev/mouse"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:4001
msgid "Mouse type:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:4001
msgid "Available mouse types are:"
msgstr "Возможные типы мыши:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:4001
msgid "Name Description"
msgstr "Название Описание"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:4001
msgid ""
"PS/2 mice: round 6-pin connector\n"
" autops2Most PS/2 mice; specific protocol will be auto-detected.\n"
"Also use this for USB and ADB mice.\n"
" ps2Standard PS/2 mice, 2 or 3 buttons\n"
" imps2  Microsoft IntelliMouse and compatibles; PS/2 mice with\n"
"3 buttons and a scroll wheel\n"
" exps2  Newer Microsoft IntelliMouse and compatible, may have\n"
"more than 3 buttons.  Most newer PS/2 mice are this type.\n"
" synps2 Synaptics PS/2 TouchPad, found on many laptops\n"
" netmouse   Genius NetMouse, 2 normal buttons plus an \"Up/Down\" button\n"
" fups2  Same as \"ps2\" but may be needed for certain broken\n"
"mice or KVM switches\n"
" fuimps2Same as \"imps2\" but may be needed for certain broken\n"
"mice or KVM switches"
msgstr ""
"Мыши PS/2:   круглый 6-ти штырьковый разъём\n"
" autops2 Большинство мышей PS/2; нужный протокол будет определён\n"
" автоматически. Также используется для мышей USB и ADB.\n"
" ps2 Стандартная мышь PS/2, 2 или 3 кнопки\n"
" imps2   Microsoft IntelliMouse и совместимые; мышь PS/2 с\n"
" 3-мя кнопками и колесом прокрутки\n"
" exps2   Новая Microsoft IntelliMouse и совместимая, может иметь\n"
" более 3-х кнопок. Для большинства новых мышей PS/2.\n"
" synps2  Synaptics PS/2 TouchPad, есть во многих ноутбуках\n"
" netmouseGenius NetMouse, 2 обычные кнопки и\n"
" кнопка \"Up/Down\" (коромысло)\n"
" fups2   Тоже, что и \"ps2\", но работает с некоторыми нестандартно\n"
" работающими мышами или переключателями KVM\n"
" fuimps2 Тоже, что и \"imps2\"  но работает с некоторыми нестандартно\n"
" работающими мышами или переключателями KVM"

#. Type: s

Please update debconf PO translation for the package console-common 0.7.70

2007-07-15 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
console-common. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, July 29, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of console-common_ru.po to Russian
# Nikolai Prokoschenko <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: console-common-debconf_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-15 09:31+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-20 21:30+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates.in:2001
msgid "Select keymap from arch list"
msgstr "Выбрать раскладку из списка архитектур"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates.in:2001
msgid "Don't touch keymap"
msgstr "Не трогать раскладку"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates.in:2001
msgid "Keep kernel keymap"
msgstr "Сохранить раскладку ядра"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates.in:2001
msgid "Select keymap from full list"
msgstr "Выбрать раскладку из полного списка"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates.in:2002
msgid "Policy for handling keymaps:"
msgstr "Управление раскладками:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates.in:2002
msgid "The keymap records the layout of symbols on the keyboard."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates.in:2002
msgid ""
" - 'Select keymap from arch list': select one of the predefined keymaps\n"
"   specific for your architecture (recommended for non-USB keyboards);\n"
" - 'Don't touch keymap': don't overwrite the keymap in /etc/console,\n"
"   which is maintained manually with install-keymap(8);\n"
" - 'Keep kernel keymap': prevent any keymap from being loaded next time\n"
"   the system boots.\n"
" - 'Select keymap from full list': list all the predefined keymaps.\n"
"   Recommended when using cross-architecture (often USB) keyboards."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates.in:3001
msgid "Ignored boot-time keymap in an old location"
msgstr "Игнорируется раскладка, установленная при загрузке системы"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates.in:3001
msgid ""
"The keymap configuration tool has been set up not to touch an existing "
"keymap."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates.in:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "However, you have file(s) that were recognized as boot-time keymaps by "
#| "older versions of the console utilities, either in /etc/kbd/ or in /etc/"
#| "console-tools/, named default.kmap(.gz) and these are now ignored."
msgid ""
"However, there are some 'default.kmap(.gz)' file(s) either in /etc/kbd/ or "
"in /etc/console-tools/. These were recognized as boot-time keymaps by older "
"versions of the console utilities, but are now ignored."
msgstr ""
"Обратите внимание, что найденные файлы, которые распознаны как файлы "
"раскладок от старых версий утилит (или в /etc/kbd, или в /etc/console-"
"tools), с именем default.kmap(.gz), будут проигнорированы."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates.in:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you wish that one of them takes effect on next reboot, you will have "
#| "to move it to /etc/console/boottime.kmap.gz manually."
msgid ""
"If you wish one of these to take effect on next reboot, you will have to "
"move it to /etc/console/boottime.kmap.gz manually."
msgstr ""
"Если вы всё же хотите продолжить их использование при следующей "
"перезагрузке, необходимо скопировать их в /etc/console/boottime.kmap.gz "
"вручную."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates.in:4001
msgid "Keyboard layout family:"
msgstr "Название семейства расположения клавиш на клавиатуре:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates.in:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please specify the generic family name for your keyboard layout. Usually, "
#| "the layout family name is taken from the first keys on the left of the "
#| "top letters row of the keymap (this is at least true for qwerty and "
#| "azerty layouts)."
msgid ""
"Please specify the generic family name for the keyboard layout. Usually, the "
"layout family name is taken from the first keys on the left of the top "
"letters row of the keymap."
msgstr ""
"Вам необходимо указать общее название семейства расположения клавиш на "
"клавиатуре. Обычно, название семейства состоит из перечисления первых клавиш "
"слева в верхнем ряду (это верно как минимум для расположений qwerty и "
"azerty)."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../temp

Please update debconf PO translation for the package gnome-menus 2.18.3-2

2007-07-17 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The maintainers of the gnome-menu package plan adding a few entries to the
"standard" GNOME menu (which is translated in GNOME, outside Debian), to
split the Games submenu when needed.

So, they added a Debian-specific directory for these strings.

As these strings are close to some already used in the "menu" package, I
took the liberty of re-using your translation of menu as a basis.

That translation has been merged with the POT file for gnome-menu.

The maintainers would appreciate if you can update this translation. Please
send your translation updates *as bug reports against gnome-menu* before
July 27th. You can still send updates *after* that date but they're likely
to wait for another release of the package.

Many thanks for your attention.

# translation of ru_new.po to Russian
# Menu section translation
# Copyright (C) 2003
# This file is distributed under the same license as the menu package.
# Bill Allombert <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2003.
# Russian L10N Team , 2005.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ru_new\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-17 21:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 23:38+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Russian L10N Team \n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/ActionGames.directory.in.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Обучающие"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/ActionGames.directory.in.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Action games"
msgstr "Обучающие"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/AdventureGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Adventure"
msgstr "Приключения"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/AdventureGames.directory.in.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adventure style games"
msgstr "Приключения"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/ArcadeGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Arcade"
msgstr "Аркады"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/ArcadeGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid "Arcade style games"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/BlocksGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Falling blocks"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/BlocksGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid "Falling blocks games"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/BoardGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Board"
msgstr "Настольные"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/BoardGames.directory.in.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Board games"
msgstr "Настольные"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/CardGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Card games"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/CardGames.directory.in.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cards"
msgstr "Карточные"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/Debian.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Debian"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/Debian.directory.in.h:2
msgid "The Debian menu"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/KidsGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Games for kids"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/KidsGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid "Kids"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/LogicGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Logic"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/LogicGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid "Logic and puzzle games"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/RolePlayingGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Role playing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/RolePlayingGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid "Role playing games"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/SimulationGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Simulation"
msgstr "Симуляторы"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/SimulationGames.directory.in.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Simulation games"
msgstr "Симуляторы"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/SportsGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Sports"
msgstr "Спортивные"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/SportsGames.directory.in.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sports games"
msgstr "Спортивные"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/StrategyGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Strategy"
msgstr "Стратегии"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/StrategyGames.directory.in.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Strategy games"
msgstr "Стратегии"

#~ msgid "Editors"
#~ msgstr "Редакторы"

#~ msgid "Education"
#~ msgstr "Обучающие"

#~ msgid "Emulators"
#~ msgstr "Эмуляторы"

#~ msgid "Graphics"
#~ msgstr "Графика"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Network"
#~ msgstr "Работа с сетью"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Communication"
#~ msgstr "Обучающие"

#~ msgid "Programming"
#~ msgstr "Программирование"

#~ msgid "Science"
#~ msgstr "Научные"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Data Analysis"
#~ msgstr "Базы данных"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Geoscience"
#~ msgstr "Научные"

#~ msgid "Shells"
#~ msgstr "Оболочки"

#~ msgid "Sound"
#~ msgstr "Работа со звуком"

#~ msgid "System"
#~ msgstr "Системные"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Terminal Emulators"
#~ msgstr "Эмуляторы"

#~ msgid "Text"
#~ msgstr "Работа с текстом"

#~ msgid "Viewers"
#~ msgstr "Программы просмотра"

#~ msgid "Games"
#~ msgstr "Игры"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Блокировка"

#~ msgid "Puzzles"
#~ msgstr "Головоломки"

#~ msgid "Tools"
#~ msgstr "Утилиты"

#~ msgid "Toys"
#~ msgstr "Игрушки"

#~ msgid "Help"
#~ msgstr "Справка"

#~ msgid "Screen"
#~ msgstr "Экран"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid

Please update debconf PO translation for the package gnome-menus 2.18.3-2

2007-07-17 Thread Christian Perrier

Yesterday, I sent you a mail about translations for gnome-menus.

I really apologize but that mail mentioned the package as "gnome-menu" while
it should be "gnome-menus"...:-(

If some of you already reported bugs with updated translations, please
reassign the bug to "gnome-menus". That can be done by sending a mail to
[EMAIL PROTECTED] with the following in the mail body:

reassign  gnome-menus
thanks


(of course  should be replaced by the bug number you received after
you sent the bug report to the wrong package)

Please avoid sending *another* bug report. If you did it already, OK, we'll
manage.

Again, deep apologies for that mistake which is entirely mine.


# translation of ru_new.po to Russian
# Menu section translation
# Copyright (C) 2003
# This file is distributed under the same license as the menu package.
# Bill Allombert <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2003.
# Russian L10N Team , 2005.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ru_new\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-17 21:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 23:38+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Russian L10N Team \n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/ActionGames.directory.in.h:1
#, fuzzy
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Обучающие"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/ActionGames.directory.in.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Action games"
msgstr "Обучающие"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/AdventureGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Adventure"
msgstr "Приключения"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/AdventureGames.directory.in.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Adventure style games"
msgstr "Приключения"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/ArcadeGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Arcade"
msgstr "Аркады"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/ArcadeGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid "Arcade style games"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/BlocksGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Falling blocks"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/BlocksGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid "Falling blocks games"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/BoardGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Board"
msgstr "Настольные"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/BoardGames.directory.in.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Board games"
msgstr "Настольные"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/CardGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Card games"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/CardGames.directory.in.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cards"
msgstr "Карточные"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/Debian.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Debian"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/Debian.directory.in.h:2
msgid "The Debian menu"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/KidsGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Games for kids"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/KidsGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid "Kids"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/LogicGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Logic"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/LogicGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid "Logic and puzzle games"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/RolePlayingGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Role playing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/RolePlayingGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid "Role playing games"
msgstr ""

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/SimulationGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Simulation"
msgstr "Симуляторы"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/SimulationGames.directory.in.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Simulation games"
msgstr "Симуляторы"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/SportsGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Sports"
msgstr "Спортивные"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/SportsGames.directory.in.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sports games"
msgstr "Спортивные"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/StrategyGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid "Strategy"
msgstr "Стратегии"

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/StrategyGames.directory.in.h:2
#, fuzzy
msgid "Strategy games"
msgstr "Стратегии"

#~ msgid "Editors"
#~ msgstr "Редакторы"

#~ msgid "Education"
#~ msgstr "Обучающие"

#~ msgid "Emulators"
#~ msgstr "Эмуляторы"

#~ msgid "Graphics"
#~ msgstr "Графика"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Network"
#~ msgstr "Работа с сетью"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Communication"
#~ msgstr "Обучающие"

#~ msgid "Programming"
#~ msgstr "Программирование"

#~ msgid "Science"
#~ msgstr "Научные"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Data Analysis"
#~ msgstr "Базы данных"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Geoscience"
#~ msgstr "Научные"

#~ msgid "Shells"
#~ msgstr "Оболочки"

#~ msgid "Sound"
#~ msgstr "Работа со звуком"

#~ msgid "System"
#~ msgstr "Системные"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Terminal Emulators"
#~ msgstr "Эмуляторы"

#~ msgid "Text"
#~ msgstr "Работа с текстом"

#~ msgid "Viewers"
#~ msgstr "Программы просмотра"

#~ msgid "Games"
#~ msgstr "Игры"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Блокировка"

#~ msgid "Puzzles"
#~ msgstr "Головоломки"

#~ msgid "Tools"
#~ msgstr "Утилиты"

#~ msgid "Toys"
#~ msgstr "Игрушки"

#~ msgid "Help"
#~ msgstr "Справка"

#~ msgid "Screen"
#~ msgstr "Экран"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Saving"
#~ msgstr "Хранители экрана"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Locking"
#~ msgstr "Блокировка"

Please update debconf PO translation for the package libpaper 1.1.22

2007-07-18 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
libpaper. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, August 01, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of libpaper_1.1.20_templates.pot to Russian
# Copyright (C) 1995,1996,2000,2001
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
#
# Mikhail Gusarov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: libpaper_1.1.20_templates_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-18 19:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-31 21:48+0600\n"
"Last-Translator: Mikhail Gusarov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "letter"
msgstr "letter"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "a4"
msgstr "A4"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "note"
msgstr "note"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "legal"
msgstr "legal"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "executive"
msgstr "executive"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "halfletter"
msgstr "halfletter"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "halfexecutive"
msgstr "halfexecutive"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "11x17"
msgstr "11x17"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "statement"
msgstr "statement"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "folio"
msgstr "folio"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "quarto"
msgstr "quarto"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "10x14"
msgstr "10x14"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "ledger"
msgstr "ledger"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "tabloid"
msgstr "tabloid"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "a0"
msgstr "A0"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "a1"
msgstr "A1"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "a2"
msgstr "A2"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "a3"
msgstr "A3"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "a5"
msgstr "A5"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "a6"
msgstr "A6"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "a7"
msgstr "A7"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "a8"
msgstr "A8"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "a9"
msgstr "A9"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "a10"
msgstr "A10"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "b0"
msgstr "B0"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "b1"
msgstr "B1"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "b2"
msgstr "B2"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "b3"
msgstr "B3"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "b4"
msgstr "B4"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "b5"
msgstr "B5"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "c5"
msgstr "C5"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "DL"
msgstr "DL"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "Comm10"
msgstr "Comm10"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "Monarch"
msgstr "Monarch"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "archE"
msgstr "archE"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "archD"
msgstr "archD"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "archC"
msgstr "archC"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "archB"
msgstr "archB"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "archA"
msgstr "archA"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "flsa"
msgstr "flsa"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "flse"
msgstr "flse"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "csheet"
msgstr "csheet"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "dsheet"
msgstr "dsheet"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2001
msgid "esheet"
msgstr "esheet"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libpaper1.templates:2002
msgid "System's default paper size:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../libpaper1.

Please update debconf PO translation for the package ltsp 5.0.8debian3

2007-07-24 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
ltsp. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, August 08, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of ru.po to Russian
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 5.0.8debian2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-25 07:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-08 19:44+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:2001
msgid "Set up an LTSP chroot environment?"
msgstr "Настроить chroot-окружение LTSP?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This will set up an LTSP chroot environment on the machine, to act as a "
#| "thin client server."
msgid ""
"Please choose whether you want to set up an LTSP chroot environment on this "
"machine, to act as a thin client server."
msgstr ""
"Сейчас будет настроено chroot-окружение LTSP на машине, которая будет "
"выступать в качестве сервера тонких клиентов."

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. Item in the main menu to select this package
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:3001
msgid "Build LTSP chroot"
msgstr "Сборка LTSP chroot"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:4001
msgid "Building LTSP chroot..."
msgstr "Собирается LTSP chroot..."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Interface for LTSP dhcpd configuration found"
msgid "No interface for LTSP dhcpd configuration"
msgstr "Нет интерфейса для настройки LTSP dhcpd"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "There are no free interfaces for usage with the LTSP Server. Please "
#| "configure the file /etc/ltsp/dhcpd.conf  manually to point to a valid "
#| "static interface after the installation finished."
msgid ""
"There are no free interfaces for usage with the LTSP server. Please manually "
"configure the /etc/ltsp/dhcpd.conf file to point to a valid static interface "
"after the installation has completed."
msgstr ""
"Нет свободных интерфейсов для использования LTSP Сервером. После завершения "
"установки настройте файл /etc/ltsp/dhcpd.conf вручную, указав работающий "
"статический интерфейс."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:7001
msgid "Interface for the thin client network:"
msgstr "Интерфейс в сеть тонких клиентов:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:7001
msgid ""
"Please choose, among the multiple spare interfaces this system has, which "
"one should be used for the thin client."
msgstr ""

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-core.templates:2001
msgid "Installation aborted "
msgstr "Установка прервана "

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-core.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "ltsp-client cannot be installed in a regular machine. This package "
#| "provides  the basic structure for a LTSP terminal."
msgid ""
"The ltsp-client package cannot be installed in a regular machine. This "
"package provides the basic structure for a LTSP terminal."
msgstr ""
"ltsp-client не может быть установлен на обычную машину. Этот пакет "
"предоставляет базовую структуру для LTSP-терминала."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-core.templates:2001
msgid "Please read the package description to understand what it means."
msgstr "Чтобы понять, что произошло обратитесь к описанию пакета."

#~ msgid "There were multiple spare interfaces found in this system."
#~ msgstr "В системе найдено несколько незадействованных интерфейсов."

Re: Please update debconf PO translation for the package ca-certificates 20070304

2007-07-27 Thread Christian Perrier

Quoting Mikhail Gusarov ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):
> Christian,
> 
> Twas brillig at 11:05:42 27.07.2007 UTC+02 when Christian Perrier did gyre 
> and gimble:
> 
> Please CC: the messages to the debian-l10n-russian@ list, not the
> debian-russian@ which is for users.


Well, it's up to you guys to put the right list in the Language-Team:
address in PO files, you know. I *don't* do all this by hand.:)





-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of "unsubscribe". Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Please update debconf PO translation for the package xorg-server 2:1.3.0.0.dfsg-13

2007-09-17 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
xorg-server. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, October 02, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of xprint_1.0.2-1.ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xprint_1.0.2-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-18 07:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-31 22:14+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xprint-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default printer resolution"
msgid "Default printer resolution:"
msgstr "Разрешение печати для принтера по умолчанию"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xprint-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "By default Xprint assumes a printer resolution of 600dpi. This should be "
#| "fine for the majority of printers today."
msgid ""
"By default, Xprint assumes a printer resolution of 600 dpi. This should be "
"well suited for the majority of printers."
msgstr ""
"По умолчанию, Xprint предполагает, что принтер имеет разрешение 600dpi. На "
"сегодняшний день это значение правильно для большинства принтеров."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xprint-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "On certain 1200dpi printers, however, the image might appear squashed in "
#| "the corner of the page, or it might be blown up too large on 300dpi "
#| "printers. If you are experiencing these kinds of printing problems, you "
#| "may want to set the default printer resolution to a more appropriate "
#| "value. See /usr/share/doc/xprint-common/README.printing-problems.gz for "
#| "more details."
msgid ""
"On certain 1200 dpi printers, however, the image might appear squashed in "
"the corner of the page, or it might be blown up too large on 300 dpi "
"printers. If you are experiencing such printing problems, you may want to "
"set the default printer resolution to a more appropriate value. See /usr/"
"share/doc/xprint-common/README.printing-problems.gz for more details."
msgstr ""
"Однако, на качественных принтерах со 1200dpi, изображение может казаться "
"сжатым по углам страницы, или может быть слишком огромным на принтерах с "
"300dpi. Если у вас возникли подобные проблемы с печатью, установите "
"разрешение принтера по умолчанию в более подходящее значение. Подробней "
"смотрите в /usr/share/doc/xprint-common/README.printing-problems.gz."

Please update debconf PO translation for the package nas 1.9-3

2007-09-22 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
nas. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, October 06,
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of nas_1.8-1_debconf_ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nas_1.8-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-22 09:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-30 11:32+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nas.templates:2001
msgid "Should nasd release /dev/dsp?"
msgstr "Должен ли nasd освобождать /dev/dsp?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nas.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The NAS server will by default open the audio device configured on your "
#| "system at startup, and then keep it open until it is stopped. This will "
#| "stop any audio clients that are not NAS aware from using the audio device."
msgid ""
"By default, the NAS server will open the configured audio device at startup, "
"and then keep it open until the server is stopped. This will stop any non-"
"NAS-aware audio clients from using the audio device."
msgstr ""
"По умолчанию, NAS сервер при запуске системы открывает настроенное аудио "
"устройство, а затем оставляет его открытым до окончания своей работы. Из-за "
"этого, все программы не поддерживающие NAS, не могут работать с этим "
"звуковым устройством."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nas.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The daemon can be configured to release the audio device when it is not "
"using it, with some delay after the application completes before the device "
"is available."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nas.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "An alternative to this is to use the \"audiooss\" program (in the package "
#| "of the same name) to wrap any programs that use /dev/dsp directly - it "
#| "will intercept most uses of /dev/dsp and make the equivalent nas calls "
#| "instead."
msgid ""
"An alternative is to use the \"audiooss\" package to wrap any programs that "
"use /dev/dsp to make them use equivalent NAS calls."
msgstr ""
"Альтернативой этому может быть программа \"audiooss\" (из пакета с тем же "
"именем), которая служит как обёртка вокруг любой программы, использующей /"
"dev/dsp напрямую -- она перехватывает вызовы к /dev/dsp и заменяет их "
"эквивалентными вызовами nas."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nas.templates:3001
msgid "Should nasd change mixer settings at startup?"
msgstr "Должен ли nasd при загрузке изменять настройки микшера?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nas.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The nas server will by default change the mixer settings at startup as "
#| "follows:"
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, the NAS server will change the mixer settings at "
"startup as follows:"
msgstr ""
"По умолчанию сервер nas при загрузке изменяет настройки микшера на следующие:"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../nas.templates:3001
#, fuzzy, no-c-format
#| msgid ""
#| " * set PCM volume to 50%\n"
#| " * change the record input device to LINE"
msgid ""
" - set PCM volume to 50%;\n"
" - change the record input device to LINE."
msgstr ""
" * устанавливает громкость PCM в 50%\n"
" * изменяет входное устройство записи на LINE"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "nasd can be configured to release the audio device when it is not "
#~ "actively using it. There will almost always be a slight delay between the "
#~ "application using nas finishing and the audio device becoming available "
#~ "for other uses; this is due to the latency inherent in the design of nas "
#~ "and so cannot really be changed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "nasd можно настроить так, чтобы он освобождал аудио устройство, если нет "
#~ "активных пользователей. Это почти всегда создаёт небольшую задержку между "
#~ "завершением работы приложения, использующего nas и доступностью аудио "
#~ "устройства для других программ; эта задержка является неотъемлемой частью "
#~ "дизайна nas и не может быть убрана."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Should nasd release the audio device? (It is recommended to select this "
#~ "option unless you have special requirements.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Должен ли nasd освобождать аудио устройство? (Рекомендуется ответить "
#~ "утвердительно, если нет каких-то специальных требований.)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do you want it to do this? (Most people are expected to disable this "
#~ "option)"
#~ msgstr "Нужно ли

Please update debconf PO translation for the package lirc 0.8.0-13

2007-09-22 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
lirc. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, October 06, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of lirc_0.8.0-9.3_ru.po to Russian
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 0.8.0-9.3\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-22 09:29+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-11 21:52+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../lirc-modules-source.templates:2001
msgid "Drivers to build:"
msgstr "Драйверы для сборки:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../lirc-modules-source.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| " atiusb:  ATI/NVidia/X10 I & II RF Remote\n"
#| " bt829:   Tekram M230 Mach64\n"
#| " cmdir:   COMMANDIR USB Transceiver\n"
#| " gpio:TV cards from FlyVideo98, Avermedia, MiRO and many others\n"
#| " i2c: TV cards from Hauppauge and PixelView\n"
#| " igorplugusb: Igor Cesko's USB IR Receiver\n"
#| " imon:Soundgraph iMON MultiMedian IR/VFD\n"
#| " it87:ITE IT8705/12 CIR ports (e.g. on the ECS K7S5A or Asus "
#| "DigiMatrix)\n"
#| " mceusb:  Windows Media Center Remotes (old version, MicroSoft USB "
#| "ID)\n"
#| " mceusb2: Windows Media Center Remotes (new version, Philips et al.)\n"
#| " parallel:Home-brew parallel-port receiver\n"
#| " sasem:   Dign HV5 HTPC IR/VFD Module\n"
#| " serial:  Home-brew serial-port driver\n"
#| " sir: Serial InfraRed (IRDA)\n"
#| " streamzap:   Streamzap PC Remote"
msgid ""
" atiusb:  ATI/NVidia/X10 I & II RF Remote\n"
" bt829:   Tekram M230 Mach64\n"
" cmdir:   COMMANDIR USB Transceiver\n"
" gpio:TV cards from FlyVideo98, Avermedia, MiRO and many others\n"
" i2c: TV cards from Hauppauge and PixelView\n"
" igorplugusb: Igor Cesko's USB IR Receiver\n"
" imon:Soundgraph iMON MultiMedian IR/VFD\n"
" it87:ITE IT8705/12 CIR ports (ECS K7S5A, Asus DigiMatrix...)\n"
" mceusb:  Windows Media Center Remotes (old version, MicroSoft USB ID)\n"
" mceusb2: Windows Media Center Remotes (new version, Philips et al.)\n"
" parallel:Home-brew parallel-port receiver\n"
" sasem:   Dign HV5 HTPC IR/VFD Module\n"
" serial:  Home-brew serial-port driver\n"
" sir: Serial InfraRed (IRDA)\n"
" streamzap:   Streamzap PC Remote"
msgstr ""
" atiusb:  Пульт ATI/NVidia/X10 I & II RF\n"
" bt829:   Tekram M230 Mach64\n"
" cmdir:   COMMANDIR USB передатчик\n"
" gpio:TV-карты от FlyVideo98, Avermedia, MiRO и многие другие\n"
" i2c: TV-карты от Hauppauge и PixelView\n"
" igorplugusb: USB IR-приёмник Igor Cesko \n"
" imon:Soundgraph iMON MultiMedian IR/VFD\n"
" it87:ITE IT8705/12 CIR порты (например на ECS K7S5A\n"
"   или Asus DigiMatrix)\n"
" mceusb:  Пульты Windows Media Center (старая версия MicroSoft USB ID)\n"
" mceusb2: Пульты Windows Media Center (новая версия Philips et al.)\n"
" parallel:Любительский приёмник на параллельном порту\n"
" sasem:   Модуль Dign HV5 HTPC IR/VFD\n"
" serial:  Любительский приёмник на последовательном порту\n"
" sir: Serial InfraRed (IRDA)\n"
" streamzap:   Пульт Streamzap PC"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../lirc-modules-source.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Try to automagically select support for your hardware?"
msgid "Try to automatically select hardware support options?"
msgstr ""
"Попытаться автоматически выбрать, что нужно поддерживать из вашего "
"аппаратного обеспечения?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../lirc-modules-source.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Your previous answers can be used as a basis for guessing the list of kernel "
"modules that should be built, along with their parameters."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../lirc-modules-source.templates:3001
msgid "Please choose whether this should happen."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../lirc-modules-source.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You don't need any additional kernel modules"
msgid "Additional kernel modules not needed"
msgstr "Дополнительных модулей ядра не требуется."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../lirc-modules-source.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Unless you want to

Please update debconf PO translation for the package openslp 1.2.1-6.3

2007-09-26 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
openslp. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, October 11, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of openslp_1.2.1-6_debconf_ru.po to Russian
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 1.2.1-6\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-27 07:48+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-07 12:51+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libslp1.templates:2001
msgid "IP multicast-enabled kernel needed to reduce traffic"
msgstr ""

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libslp1.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The kernel version that you are currently running does not appear to "
#| "support IP multicast. OpenSLP will continue to work even without "
#| "multicast support in the kernel by using broadcasts. However, broadcasts "
#| "are less efficient on the network, so please consider upgrading to a "
#| "multicast enabled kernel."
msgid ""
"The current kernel does not support IP multicast. OpenSLP will continue to "
"work even without multicast support in the kernel, by using broadcasts. "
"However, broadcasts are less efficient on the network, so please consider "
"upgrading to a multicast-enabled kernel."
msgstr ""
"В работающем ядре нет поддержки IP multicast. OpenSLP будет работать даже "
"без поддержки мультикастинга в ядре, используя широковещательные пакеты. "
"Однако широковещательные пакеты менее эффективны в сети, поэтому попробуйте "
"обновить ядро, в котором есть поддержка мультикастинга."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libslp1.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please configure a multicast route in /etc/network/interfaces"
msgid "Multicast route needed in /etc/network/interfaces"
msgstr "Настройте мультикастовый маршрут в /etc/network/interfaces"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../libslp1.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You don't seem to have a multicast route configured. OpenSLP can take "
#| "advantage of multicast packets and reduce traffic on your network. You "
#| "can setup a multicast route automatically on system startup by adding the "
#| "following commands to the \"interface\" line(s) in your /etc/network/"
#| "interfaces file."
msgid ""
"There seem to be no multicast route configured. OpenSLP can take advantage "
"of multicast packets and reduce traffic on the network. You can set up a "
"multicast route automatically on system startup by adding the following "
"commands to the \"interface\" line(s) in the /etc/network/interfaces file."
msgstr ""
"Кажется, у вас не настроен мультикастовый маршрут. OpenSLP может "
"использовать преимущества мультикастовых пакетов и уменьшить трафик в вашей "
"сети. Вы можете настраивать мультикастовый маршрут в при запуске системы "
"автоматически, добавив следующие команды в строку(и) \"interface\" в файл /"
"etc/network/interfaces."

#~ msgid "To reduce network traffic use a IP multicast enabled kernel"
#~ msgstr "Для уменьшения сетевого трафика включите в ядре IP multicast"

#~ msgid "\"up route add -net 224.0.0.0 netmask 240.0.0.0 dev eth0\""
#~ msgstr "\"up route add -net 224.0.0.0 netmask 240.0.0.0 dev eth0\""

#~ msgid "\"down route del -net 224.0.0.0 netmask 240.0.0.0 dev eth0\""
#~ msgstr "\"down route del -net 224.0.0.0 netmask 240.0.0.0 dev eth0\""

Please update debconf PO translation for the package wacom-tools 0.7.7.11-2

2007-09-29 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
wacom-tools. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, October 13, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of wacom-tools_0.7.4.1-5_debconf_ru.po to Russian
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 0.7.4.1-5\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-29 09:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-20 21:35+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:2001
msgid "Automatically compile the Wacom modules?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In order to make full use of a wacom graphics tablet you need to compile "
#| "and install the provided modules to suit your running Linux kernel."
msgid ""
"In order to make full use of a Wacom graphics tablet you need to compile and "
"install the provided modules to suit the running Linux kernel."
msgstr ""
"Чтобы задействовать все функции графического планшета wacom нужно "
"скомпилировать и установить под ваше запущенное ядро Linux предоставляемые "
"модули."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:2001 ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:3001
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, the Wacom modules will be compiled into a binary "
"package using local kernel configuration settings."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:2001 ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:3001
msgid ""
"This requires either a linux-headers-* package or the full kernel source "
"tree. Do not choose this option if neither of these is available. You can "
"return to this step again later with:  'dpkg-reconfigure wacom-kernel-"
"source'."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Would you like to create a binary wacom-kernel-modules package now?"
msgid "Create a binary wacom-kernel-modules package?"
msgstr "Создать пакет бинарный пакет wacom-kernel-modules прямо сейчас?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:3001
msgid ""
"This may replace some modules that were originally built with the running "
"kernel."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Linux headers location:"
msgid "Linux header files location:"
msgstr "Каталог с заголовочными файлами ядра Linux:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You have choosen to compile the wacom modules, so you must specify the "
#| "location of the Linux kernel headers for them to use."
msgid ""
"In order to compile the Wacom modules, please enter the location of the "
"Linux kernel headers for them to use."
msgstr ""
"Вы выбрали сборку модулей wacom, поэтому укажите каталог с заголовочными "
"файлами ядра Linux, которые нужно использовать."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When Linux headers are provided by a kernel-headers-* package, they "
#| "reside in /usr/src/kernel-headers-*."
msgid ""
"Headers provided by a linux-headers-* package are located in /usr/src/linux-"
"headers-*."
msgstr ""
"Если заголовочные файлы Linux предоставлены пакетом kernel-headers-*, то это "
"каталог /usr/src/kernel-headers-*."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do you wish to specify a different Linux headers directory?"
msgid "Specify a different Linux headers directory?"
msgstr "Хотите указать другой каталог с заголовочными файлами ядра Linux?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:5001
msgid "No valid Linux headers were found in the directory you specified."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "What to do after module compilation"
msgid "Operations needed after modules compilation"
msgstr "Что делать после компиляции модуля"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../wacom-kernel-source.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The wacom-kernel-modules package will be built in /usr/src/modu

Please update debconf PO translation for the package spamprobe 1.4d-2

2007-10-02 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
spamprobe. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, October 16, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-02 06:34+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-18 09:02+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Upgrading to Berkeley DB 4.2"
msgid "Upgrading to Berkeley DB 4.6"
msgstr "Обновление до Berkeley DB 4.2"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Starting with released spamprobe 0.9h-1, database format has changed to "
#| "Berkeley DB 4.2 to the effect that spamprobe will not be able to modify "
#| "existing databases."
msgid ""
"As of spamprobe 1.4d-1, the database format changed to Berkeley DB 4.6 and "
"spamprobe is no longer able to modify databases using an older format."
msgstr ""
"Начиная с версии spamprobe 0.9h-1, формат базы данных был изменён на "
"Berkeley DB 4.2, и в результате spamprobe теперь не может вносить изменения "
"в существующие базы данных."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Since there is no general way to locate all existing databases, no "
#| "automatic upgrade is attempted.  A manual upgrade path using spamprobe "
#| "export/import is outlined in spamprobe(1) DATABASE MAINTENANCE."
msgid ""
"Since there is no general way to locate all existing databases, no automatic "
"upgrade is attempted. A manual upgrade path using spamprobe export/import is "
"outlined in the 'DATABASE MAINTENANCE' section of the spamprobe(1) manual "
"page."
msgstr ""
"Так как не существует пути обнаружения всех существующих баз, то нет способа "
"автоматического обновления. Схема обновления с помощью spamprobe export/"
"import описана в spamprobe(1) DATABASE MAINTENANCE."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"All spamprobe users on this system should be informed of this change and "
"advised to read the README.Debian file."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please inform all spamprobe users on your system of this change and to "
#~ "read README.Debian for further changes.  Sorry for the inconvenience."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Пожалуйста проинформируйте всех пользователей spamprobe в вашей системе "
#~ "об этом изменении и попросите их прочитать README.Debian. Приносим "
#~ "извинения за беспокойство."

Please update debconf PO translation for the package clamav 0.91.2-4

2007-10-04 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
clamav. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, October 19, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of clamav_0.90.1-2_ru.po to Russian
# translation of clamav_0.85.1-2_ru.po to Russian
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: clamav_0.90.1-2_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-05 07:41+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-27 12:25+1000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The use of mirrors.txt is no longer supported"
msgid "Use of mirrors.txt no longer supported"
msgstr "Использование mirrors.txt более не поддерживается"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "During the transition to handling its mirror database through DNS, the "
#| "clamav team dropped support for the 'mirrors.txt' config file."
msgid ""
"During the transition to handling its mirror database through DNS, the "
"ClamAV team dropped support for the 'mirrors.txt' configuration file."
msgstr ""
"Во время перехода к управлению базой зеркал через DNS, команда разработчиков "
"clamav исключила поддержку конфигурационного файла 'mirrors.txt'."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you have entered additional mirrors there, your file will be backed up "
#| "as /var/lib/clamav/mirrors.txt.BACKUP."
msgid ""
"If additional mirrors are mentioned there, this file will be backed up as /"
"var/lib/clamav/mirrors.txt.BACKUP."
msgstr ""
"Если у вас там были прописаны дополнительные зеркала, то ваш файл будет "
"сохранен как /var/lib/clamav/mirrors.txt.BACKUP."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If your file was modified, your old mirrors (which may be way too many) "
#| "will be added to the new /etc/clamav/freshclam.conf configuration file, "
#| "using the DatabaseMirror keyword. Please examine freshclam.conf carefully "
#| "after the update is through."
msgid ""
"If the file was modified, old mirrors (which may be way too many) will be "
"added to the new /etc/clamav/freshclam.conf configuration file, using the "
"DatabaseMirror keyword. Please examine freshclam.conf carefully after the "
"update completes."
msgstr ""
"Если ваш файл был изменен, то ваши старые зеркала (которых могло быть "
"слишком много) будут добавлены в новый файл конфигурации /etc/clamav/"
"freshclam.conf с использованием параметра DatabaseMirror. Внимательно "
"изучите freshclam.conf после завершения обновления."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:3001
msgid "daemon"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:3001
msgid "manual"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:3002
msgid "Virus database update method:"
msgstr "Способ обновления вирусной базы:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:3002
msgid "Please choose the method for virus database updates."
msgstr "Выберите способ обновления вирусной базы."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../clamav-freshclam.templates.master:3002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| " daemon : freshclam is running as a daemon all the time. You should "
#| "choose\n"
#| "  this option if you have a permanent network connection.\n"
#| " ifup.d : freshclam will be running as a daemon as long as your Internet\n"
#| "  connection is up. Choose this one if you have a dialup "
#| "Internet\n"
#| "  connection and don't want freshclam to initiate new "
#| "connections.\n"
#| " cron   : freshclam is started from cron. Choose if you want full "
#| "control\n"
#| "  of when the database is updated.\n"
#| " manual : No automatic invocation of freshclam. This is not recommended,\n"
#| "  as clamav's database is constantly updated."
msgid ""
" daemon:  freshclam is running as a daemon all the time. You should choose\n"
"  this option if you have a permanent network connection;\n"
" ifup.d:  freshclam will be running as a daemon as long as your Internet\n"
"  connection is up. Choose this one if you use a dialup Internet\n"
"  connection and don

Please update debconf PO translation for the package menu 2.1.37

2007-10-08 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

You are noted as the last translator of menu (programs strings) in Debian.

The English strings have changed, and now some messages
are marked "fuzzy" in your translation or are missing.

Particularly the "--help" string got two additions:

"  --nodpkgcheck  Do not check if packages are installed.\n"
"  --remove   Remove generated menus instead.\n"


The package maintainer would be grateful if you could take the time and
update it. Please send the updated file as a Debian wishlist bug against
menu.

Thanks,




# translation of menu_ru.po to Russian
# Russian translation of menu.
# Copyright (C) 2004 Debian menu team
# This file is distributed under the same license as the menu package.
#
# Dan Korostelev <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2004, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: menu 2.1.30\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-05 07:30+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-10 15:37+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#: ../install-menu/functions.cc:92
msgid "Zero-size argument to print function."
msgstr "В функцию print передан аргумент нулевого размера."

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:202
msgid "install-menu: checking directory %1\n"
msgstr "install-menu: проверка каталога %1\n"

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:215
msgid "install-menu: creating directory %1:\n"
msgstr "install-menu: создание каталога %1:\n"

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:217
msgid "Could not create directory(%1): %2"
msgstr "Невозможно открыть каталог(%1): %2"

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:219
msgid "Could not change directory(%1): %2"
msgstr "Невозможно сменить каталог(%1): %2"

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:222
msgid "install-menu: directory %1 already exists\n"
msgstr "install-menu: каталог %1 уже существует\n"

#. Do not translate supported
#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:447
msgid "install-menu: [supported]: name=%1\n"
msgstr "install-menu: [поддерживается]: имя=%1\n"

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:464
msgid "Menu entry lacks mandatory field \"%1\".\n"
msgstr "В записи пункта меню отсутствует необходимое поле \"%1\".\n"

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:470
msgid "Unknown value for field %1=\"%2\".\n"
msgstr "Неизвестное значение поля %1=\"%2\".\n"

#. Do not translate quoted text
#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:617
msgid ""
"install-menu: \"hotkeycase\" can only be \"sensitive\" or \"insensitive\"\n"
msgstr ""
"install-menu: \"hotkeycase\" может иметь значение только \"sensitive\" или "
"\"insensitive\"\n"

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:647
msgid ""
"install-menu: Warning: Unknown identifier `%1' on line %2 in file %3. "
"Ignoring.\n"
msgstr ""
"install-menu: Внимание: Неизвестный идентификатор `%1' в строке %2 в файле %"
"3. Игнорируется.\n"

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:657
msgid "install-menu: %1 must be defined in menu-method %2"
msgstr "install-menu: %1 должен быть определён в menu-method %2"

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:824
msgid "Cannot open file %1 (also tried %2).\n"
msgstr "Не удалось открыть файл %1 (также и %2).\n"

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:832 ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:839
#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:847
msgid "Cannot open file %1.\n"
msgstr "Не удалось открыть файл %1.\n"

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:849
msgid ""
"In order to be able to create the user config file(s) for the window "
"manager,\n"
"the above file needs to be writeable (and/or the directory needs to exist).\n"
msgstr ""
"Для создания пользовательских файлов конфигурации менеджера окон,\n"
"вышеуказанные файлы должны быть доступны на запись (и/или каталоги должны "
"существовать).\n"

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:871
msgid "Warning: the string %1 did not occur in template file %2\n"
msgstr "Внимание: строка %1 не найдена в файле шаблона %2\n"

#. Don't translate quoted string
#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:896
msgid ""
"install-menu [-vh] \n"
"  Read menu entries from stdin in \"update-menus --stdout\" format\n"
"  and generate menu files using the specified menu-method.\n"
"  Options to install-menu:\n"
" -h --help: this message\n"
"--remove  : remove the menu instead of generating it.\n"
" -v --verbose : be verbose\n"
msgstr ""
"install-menu [-vh] <метод-меню>\n"
"  Читает записи пунктов меню из stdin в формате \"update-menus --stdout\"\n"
"  и генерирует файлы меню, используя указанный метод-меню.\n"
"  Опции install-menu:\n"
" -h --help: это сообщение\n"
"--remove  : удалить меню, а не создавать.\n"
" -v --verbose : выдавать подробную информацию\n"

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:943
msgid "install-menu: no menu-m

Please update debconf PO translation for the package ssl-cert 1.0.15

2007-10-11 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
ssl-cert. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, October 25, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of ssl-cert_1.0.13_ru.po to Russian
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ssl-cert_1.0.13\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-11 07:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-18 21:36+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: string
#. DefaultChoice
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "GB"
msgstr "RU"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Country Name"
msgid "Country code:"
msgstr "Страна"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid ""
"Please enter the two-letter ISO-3166 code to use in the SSL certificate."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid ""
"It will become the 'countryName' field of the generated SSL certificate."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. DefaultChoice
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Scotland"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "State or Province Name"
msgid "State or province name:"
msgstr "Штат или округ"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid ""
"Please enter the name of the administrative subdivision to use in the SSL "
"certificate."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid ""
"It will become the 'stateOrProvinceName' field of the generated SSL "
"certificate."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. DefaultChoice
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Edinburgh"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Locality Name"
msgid "Locality name:"
msgstr "Местоположение"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The name of the city or town that you live in. (localityName)"
msgid ""
"Please enter the name of the city or town to use in the SSL certificate."
msgstr "Город проживания. (localityName)"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
msgid ""
"It will become the 'localityName' field of the generated SSL certificate."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. DefaultChoice
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "Example Inc."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Organisation Name"
msgid "Organization name:"
msgstr "Организация"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The name of the company or organisation the certificate is for. "
#| "(organisationName)"
msgid ""
"Please enter the name of the company or organization to use in the SSL "
"certificate."
msgstr ""
"Компания или организация, которой выдаётся сертификат. (organisationName)"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5002
msgid ""
"It will become the 'organisationName' field of the generated SSL certificate."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. DefaultChoice
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "Dept. of Examplification"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Organisational Unit Name"
msgid "Organizational unit name:"
msgstr "Структурная единица организации"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6002
msgid ""
"Please enter the name of the division or section of the organization to use "
"in the SSL certificate."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6002
msgid ""
"It will become the 'organisationalUnitName' field of the generated SSL "
"certificate."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Host Name"
msgid "Host name:"
msgstr "Имя машины"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid "Please enter the host name to use in the SSL certificate."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid "It will become the 'commonName' field of the generated SSL certificate."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid "This value is mandatory."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:8001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Email Address"
msgid "Email address:"
msgstr "Адрес электронной почты"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:8001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The email address that should be associated with the certificate."
msgid "Please enter the email address to use

Please update debconf PO translation for the package uw-imap 7:2006j2.dfsg-4

2007-10-14 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
uw-imap. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, October 29, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of uw-imap_7:2002edebian1-13.2_ru.po to Russian
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 7:2002edebian1-13.2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-15 07:19+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-14 17:50+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:2001 ../uw-imapd.templates:2001
msgid "Server ports and protocols to support:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:2001 ../uw-imapd.templates:2001
msgid "Please choose the server ports and protocols to activate."
msgstr ""

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:2001
msgid ""
" pop3:  POP 3 on TCP port 110 with TLS support;\n"
" pop3s: POP 3 on TCP port 995 with SSL support;\n"
" pop2:  (obsolete) POP 2 on TCP port 109 with TLS support."
msgstr ""

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:2001
msgid "It is recommended to activate both pop3 and pop3s."
msgstr ""

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:2001
msgid ""
"As the ports and protocols choice may have been overridden by local changes, "
"you may need to enforce the choice and run the package configuration again "
"with 'dpkg-reconfigure ipopd'."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:3001 ../uw-imapd.templates:3001
msgid "Enforce port selection?"
msgstr "Работать только на указанных портах?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:3001
msgid "The ipopd daemon supports listening simultaneously on several ports."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:3001 ../uw-imapd.templates:2001
#: ../uw-imapd.templates:3001
msgid ""
"As the ports and protocols choice may have been overridden by local changes, "
"you may need to enforce the choice and run the package configuration again "
"with 'dpkg-reconfigure uw-imapd'."
msgstr ""

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../uw-imapd.templates:2001
msgid ""
" imap2: IMAP 4rev1 on TCP port 143 with TLS support;\n"
" imaps: IMAP 4rev1 on TCP port 993 with SSL support;\n"
" imap3: (obsolete) IMAP 3 on TCP port 220 with TLS support."
msgstr ""

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../uw-imapd.templates:2001
msgid "It is recommended to activate both imap2 and imaps."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../uw-imapd.templates:3001
msgid "The uw-imap daemon supports listening simultaneously on several ports."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid "pop2 =  POP 2 on TCP port 109 with TLS support.  This is obsolete."
#~ msgstr "pop2 =  POP 2 с поддержкой TLS на TCP-порту 109. Устарел."

#~ msgid "pop3  = POP 3 on TCP port 110 with TLS support."
#~ msgstr "pop3  = POP 3 с поддержкой TLS на TCP-порту 110."

#~ msgid "pop3s = POP 3 on TCP port 995 with SSL support."
#~ msgstr "pop3s = POP 3 с поддержкой SSL на TCP-порту 995."

#~ msgid "If in doubt, choose pop3 and pop3s."
#~ msgstr "Если не знаете что выбрать, укажите pop3 и pop3s."

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The ports selected for enabling may be overridden by locally configured "
#~| "services. By default the port selection is respected only on initial "
#~| "installs, and is ignored on later reconfiguration."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "By default the port selection is respected only on initial installs, and "
#~ "is ignored on later updates and reconfiguration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Номера портов, выбранные здесь, могут быть изменены в локальном файле "
#~ "services. По умолчанию выбор портов производится только при начальной "
#~ "настройке и игнорируется при последующих перенастройках."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "imap2 = IMAP 4Rev1 (not 2, strangely enough) on TCP port 143 with TLS "
#~ "support."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "imap2 = IMAP 4Rev1 (не 2, что странно) с поддержкой TLS на TCP-порту 143."

#~ msgid "imap3 = IMAP 3 on TCP port 220 with TLS support.  This is obsolete."
#~ msgstr "imap3 = IMAP 3 с поддержкой TLS на TCP-порту 220. Устарел."

#~ msgid "imaps = IMAP 4Rev1 on TCP port 993 with SSL support."
#~ msgstr "imaps = IMAP 4Rev1 с поддержкой SSL на TCP-порту 993."

#, f

Please update debconf PO translation for the package postgresql-common 79

2007-10-16 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
postgresql-common. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, October 31, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of postgresql-common_71_ru.po to Russian
# translation of postgresql-common_51_ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: postgresql-common_71_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-17 07:25+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-09 09:36+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../postgresql-common.templates:2001
msgid "Obsolete major version ${old}"
msgstr "Устаревшая версия ${old}"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../postgresql-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The PostgreSQL version ${old} is obsolete, but you still have the server "
#| "and/or client package installed. Please install the latest packages "
#| "(postgresql-${latest} and postgresql-client-${latest}) and upgrade your "
#| "existing ${oldversion} clusters with pg_upgradecluster (see manpage)."
msgid ""
"The PostgreSQL version ${old} is obsolete, but the server or client packages "
"are still installed. Please install the latest packages (postgresql-"
"${latest} and postgresql-client-${latest}) and upgrade the existing "
"${oldversion} clusters with pg_upgradecluster (see manpage)."
msgstr ""
"PostgreSQL версии ${old} устарел, но у вас все еще установлен пакет сервера "
"и/или клиента. Пожалуйста, установите последние пакеты (postgresql-${latest} "
"и postgresql-client-${latest}), и обновите ваши существующие кластеры "
"${oldversion} с помощью pg_upgradecluster (смотрите man-страницу)."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../postgresql-common.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please be aware that the installation of postgresql-${latest} will "
"automatically create a default cluster ${latest}/main. If you want to "
"upgrade the ${old}/main cluster, you need to remove the already existing "
"${latest} cluster (pg_dropcluster --stop ${latest} main, see manpage for "
"details)."
msgstr ""
"Предупреждаю вас, что установка postgresql-${latest} автоматически создаст "
"кластер по умолчанию ${latest}/main. Если вы желаете обновить  кластер "
"${old}/main, вы должны удалить существующий кластер ${latest} "
"(pg_dropcluster --stop ${latest} main, для деталей смотрите man-страницу)."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../postgresql-common.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The old server and client packages are not supported any more. After "
#| "having upgraded the existing clusters, you should remove the postgresql-"
#| "${old} and postgresql-client-${old} packages."
msgid ""
"The old server and client packages are no longer supported. After the "
"existing clusters are upgraded, the postgresql-${old} and postgresql-client-"
"${old} packages should be removed."
msgstr ""
"Старые пакеты сервера и клиента более не поддерживаются.После обновления "
"существующих кластеров, вы должны удалить пакеты postgresql-${old} и "
"postgresql-client-${old}."

Please update debconf PO translation for the package mplayer 1.0~rc1-17

2007-10-18 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
mplayer. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, November 02, 2007.

Thanks,

# Translation of mplayer debconf templates to Russian
# Copyright (C) Sergey V. Mironov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the mplayer package.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mplayer_1.0RC1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-18 10:01+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-04 18:12+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Sergey V. Mironov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:2001
msgid "Detailed configuration needed for each user"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The performance of MPlayer depends heavily on hardware; this means that it "
"may benefit from tweaking options for every single machine it's installed on."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:2001
msgid ""
"You should read the documentation provided by the 'mplayer-doc' package."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Now, some configuration options will be set for the entire system in /etc/"
"mplayer/mplayer.conf which may be adapted later. Any user can also refine "
"options in  ~/.mplayer/config."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:3001
msgid "Replace existing configuration file?"
msgstr "Заменить существующий файл конфигурации?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "There is already a file /etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf, but it does not "
#| "contain an automatically generated part. This script may generate a new "
#| "file (the old file will be moved to /etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf.debconf-"
#| "old)."
msgid ""
"An /etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf file already exists on the system and does not "
"contain an automatically-generated part. That file can be replaced by a "
"generated one (the old file will be moved to /etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf."
"debconf-old)."
msgstr ""
"Файл /etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf уже существует, но не содержит формируемой "
"автоматически части. Этот скрипт может создать новый файл (старый файл будет "
"переименован в /etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf.debconf-old)."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Replace existing configuration file?"
msgid "Old configuration file kept"
msgstr "Заменить существующий файл конфигурации?"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:4001
msgid "You chose not to replace the existing /etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf file."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:4001
msgid ""
"That file can be generated automatically later by running 'dpkg-reconfigure "
"mplayer'."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:5001
msgid "MPlayer video output:"
msgstr "Режим вывода видео MPlayer'а:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:5001
msgid ""
"MPlayer can use a very wide range of video output drivers. The needed driver "
"may be detected automatically or chosen manually."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:5001
msgid ""
"If you prefer choosing the driver yourself, you first should choose an entry "
"matching this system's video card. If none match and the card supports 'XV', "
"choose that option (the 'xvinfo' command may help)."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:5001
msgid ""
"Please read the /usr/share/doc/mplayer-doc/HTML/en/video.html file from the "
"'mplayer-doc' package for more details."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:6001
msgid "Binary codecs download"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:6001
msgid "MPlayer supports most video formats without additional software."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:6001
msgid ""
"Additional video formats, such as Real 3.0/4.0, Windows Media 9, or "
"Quicktime, can be supported by using binary codecs."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:6001
msgid ""
"As such codecs are not free software, they are not distributed with this "
"package but can be downloaded freely. The '/usr/share/mplayer/scripts/"
"binary_codecs.sh' script is provided in this package to help downloading "
"them from the MPlayer web site."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mplayer.templates:7001
msgid "DVD device name:"
msgstr "Имя устройства DVD:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#

Please update debconf PO translation for the package openldap2.3 2.3.38-2

2007-10-22 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
openldap2.3. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, November 06, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of 2.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 2.1.30-13.2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-23 08:18+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-05 20:38+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:2001
msgid "Omit OpenLDAP server configuration?"
msgstr "Пропустить настройку сервера OpenLDAP?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be "
#| "created for you."
msgid ""
"If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be "
"created."
msgstr ""
"Если вы ответите утвердительно, начальная конфигурация или база данных "
"создаваться не будет."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:3001
msgid "always"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:3001
msgid "when needed"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:3001
msgid "never"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:3002
msgid "Dump databases to file on upgrade:"
msgstr "При обновлении сбросить данные из базы данных в файл:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:3002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Before upgrading to a new version of the OpenLDAP server the data of your "
#| "LDAP directories can be dumped to plain text files (LDIF format) which is "
#| "a standardized description of that data (LDIF stands for LDAP Data "
#| "Interchange Format)."
msgid ""
"Before the upgrade to a new version of the OpenLDAP server, the LDAP "
"directories can be dumped into plain text LDIF files (in the standardized "
"LDAP Data Interchange Format)."
msgstr ""
"Перед обновлением до новой версии сервера OpenLDAP данные из вашего каталога "
"LDAP могут быть сохранены в текстовые файлы (в формате LDIF) в "
"стандартизованном формате (LDIF расшифровывается как формат обмена данных "
"LDAP)."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:3002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Selecting \"always\" will make the maintainer scripts dump your databases "
#| "before upgrading unconditionally. Selecting \"when needed\" will only "
#| "dump the database if the new version is incompatible with the old "
#| "database format and it has to be reimported. The \"never\" choice will "
#| "just go ahead without ever dumping your database."
msgid ""
"Selecting \"always\" will cause the databases to be dumped unconditionally "
"before an upgrade. Selecting \"when needed\" will only dump the database if "
"the new version is incompatible with the old database format and it needs to "
"be reimported. Selecting \"never\" will cause no dump to occur."
msgstr ""
"Если выбрать \"всегда\", то сопровождающие сценарии обязательно сохранят "
"ваши базы данных перед обновлением. Если выбрать \"только при необходимости"
"\", то база данных будет сохранена, только если новая версия несовместима со "
"старым форматом базы данных и должнабыть реимпортирована повторно. Если "
"выбрать \"никогда\", то шаг сохранения базы всегда будет просто пропускаться."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Directory to dump databases:"
msgid "Directory for dumped databases:"
msgstr "Каталог, куда сбрасывать данные из баз данных:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please specify the directory where the LDAP databases will be exported. "
#| "Within this directory several LDIF files are created which correspond to "
#| "the search bases located on the server. Make sure you have enough free "
#| "space on the partition the directory is located.  The first occurrence of "
#| "the

Delaying the openldap2.3 translation update

2007-10-23 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

On request by the openldap2.3 maintainers, the review of English for this
package has been extended for one week.

Please hold off any translation update. If you already sent some, I will
integrate it anyway, but expect some minor adaptations in a few days, again.

Sorry for the exceptionnal inconvenience.

Thanks,

# translation of 2.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 2.1.30-13.2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-23 08:18+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-05 20:38+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:2001
msgid "Omit OpenLDAP server configuration?"
msgstr "Пропустить настройку сервера OpenLDAP?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be "
#| "created for you."
msgid ""
"If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be "
"created."
msgstr ""
"Если вы ответите утвердительно, начальная конфигурация или база данных "
"создаваться не будет."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:3001
msgid "always"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:3001
msgid "when needed"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:3001
msgid "never"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:3002
msgid "Dump databases to file on upgrade:"
msgstr "При обновлении сбросить данные из базы данных в файл:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:3002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Before upgrading to a new version of the OpenLDAP server the data of your "
#| "LDAP directories can be dumped to plain text files (LDIF format) which is "
#| "a standardized description of that data (LDIF stands for LDAP Data "
#| "Interchange Format)."
msgid ""
"Before the upgrade to a new version of the OpenLDAP server, the LDAP "
"directories can be dumped into plain text LDIF files (in the standardized "
"LDAP Data Interchange Format)."
msgstr ""
"Перед обновлением до новой версии сервера OpenLDAP данные из вашего каталога "
"LDAP могут быть сохранены в текстовые файлы (в формате LDIF) в "
"стандартизованном формате (LDIF расшифровывается как формат обмена данных "
"LDAP)."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:3002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Selecting \"always\" will make the maintainer scripts dump your databases "
#| "before upgrading unconditionally. Selecting \"when needed\" will only "
#| "dump the database if the new version is incompatible with the old "
#| "database format and it has to be reimported. The \"never\" choice will "
#| "just go ahead without ever dumping your database."
msgid ""
"Selecting \"always\" will cause the databases to be dumped unconditionally "
"before an upgrade. Selecting \"when needed\" will only dump the database if "
"the new version is incompatible with the old database format and it needs to "
"be reimported. Selecting \"never\" will cause no dump to occur."
msgstr ""
"Если выбрать \"всегда\", то сопровождающие сценарии обязательно сохранят "
"ваши базы данных перед обновлением. Если выбрать \"только при необходимости"
"\", то база данных будет сохранена, только если новая версия несовместима со "
"старым форматом базы данных и должнабыть реимпортирована повторно. Если "
"выбрать \"никогда\", то шаг сохранения базы всегда будет просто пропускаться."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Directory to dump databases:"
msgid "Directory for dumped databases:"
msgstr "Каталог, куда сбрасывать данные из баз данных:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please specify the directory where the LDAP databases will be exported. "
#| "Within this directory several LDIF files are created which correspond to "
#| "the search bases located on the server. Make sure you have enough free "
#| "space on the partition the directory is located.  The first occurrence of "
#| "the string \"VERSION\" is replaced with the server version you are "
#| "upgrading from. The default i

Please update debconf PO translation for the package ppp 2.4.4rel-10

2007-10-23 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
ppp. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, November 07, 
2007.

Thanks,

# ppp_2.4.4rel-3_templates.pot translated to Russian
# Copyright (C) 1984-2004
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ppp package.
#
# Mikhail Gusarov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 2.4.4rel-3\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 07:31+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-16 21:57+0600\n"
"Last-Translator: Mikhail Gusarov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. Main menu item
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:2001
msgid "Configure and start a PPPoE connection"
msgstr "Настройка и установление PPPoE-соединения"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No concentrator was found"
msgid "No PPPoE concentrator"
msgstr "PPPoE-сервер не найден"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:3001
msgid ""
"All network interfaces have been probed, but a PPPoE concentrator was not "
"detected."
msgstr "Проверены все сетевые интерфейсы. PPPoE-сервер не найден."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. Type: error
#. Description
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:3001 ../ppp-udeb.templates:7001
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:9001 ../ppp-udeb.templates:10001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The configuration of PPPoE is aborted. It can be attempted again by "
#| "selecting the relevant menu entry."
msgid ""
"The configuration of PPPoE has been aborted. It can be attempted again by "
"selecting the relevant menu entry."
msgstr ""
"Настройка PPPoE-соединения прервана. Вы можете повторить её, "
"выбравсоответствующий пункт меню."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:5001
msgid "ISP account username:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:5001
msgid "Please enter the username for the PPP connection."
msgstr "Введите имя пользователя для PPP-соединения."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:5001 ../ppp-udeb.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This information should have been provided to you by your Internet "
#| "Service Provider."
msgid ""
"This information should have been provided by your Internet Service Provider."
msgstr "Эту информацию должен был сообщить вам ваш интернет-провайдер."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:6001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "PPP password:"
msgid "ISP account password:"
msgstr "Пароль к PPP-соединению:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:6001
msgid "Please enter the password for the PPP connection."
msgstr "Введите пароль к PPP-соединению."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:7001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Ethernet interface found"
msgid "No Ethernet interface"
msgstr "Не найден ни один сетевой интерфейс Ethernet"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:7001
msgid ""
"PPPoE networking cannot be configured because no Ethernet interface was "
"detected."
msgstr ""
"Настройка PPPoE невозможна до тех пор, пока не будет обнаружен сетевой "
"Ethernet-интерфейс."

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:8001
msgid "Searching for concentrators on ${IFACE}..."
msgstr "Поиск PPPoE-серверов на интерфейсе ${IFACE}..."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:9001
msgid "Failed authentication"
msgstr "Ошибка аутентификации"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:9001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A PPPoE connection was attempted, but the provided login information was "
#| "incorrect. Because of this the authentication failed."
msgid ""
"A PPPoE connection was attempted, but the provided login information was "
"probably incorrect."
msgstr "Невозможно соединиться с PPPoE-сервером из-за ошибки аутентификации."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:9001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Please make sure you type the correct username and password."
msgid "Please check the username and password you provided."
msgstr "Проверьте, что вы ввели логин и пароль правильно."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:10001
msgid "Unhandled error"
msgstr "Ошибка"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:10001
msgid "An unidentified error happened while attempting to create a connection."
msgstr ""

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../ppp-udeb.templates:11001
msgid "Please wait..."
msgstr "Подождите..."

#~ msgid "PPP login:"
#~ msgstr "Логин для PPP-соединения:"

#~ ms

Please update debconf PO translation for the package xawtv 3.95.dfsg.1-7

2007-10-24 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
xawtv. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

(manual note: that specific review indeed mostly "killed" your translation
because of the numerous changes we made. Sorry for this)

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, November 08, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 3.95.dfsg.1-6\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-25 07:29+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-11 21:46+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../xawtv.templates:2001
msgid "Create video4linux (/dev/video*) special files?"
msgstr "Создать специальные файлы video4linux (/dev/video*)?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../xawtv.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "scan for TV stations?"
msgid "Scan for TV stations?"
msgstr "Искать ТВ каналы?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../xawtv.templates:3001
msgid ""
"A list of TV stations found by scanning can be included in the configuration "
"file."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../xawtv.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This requires a working bttv driver.  If bttv isn't configured correctly "
#| "I might not find the TV stations."
msgid ""
"This requires a working bttv driver. If bttv isn't configured correctly, TV "
"stations will not be found."
msgstr ""
"Для этого требуется работающий драйвер bttv. Если bttv настроен неправильно, "
"то каналы найдены не будут."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../xawtv.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Channel names will be retrieved from teletext information, which will only "
"work for PAL channels."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../xawtv.templates:4001
msgid "TV standard:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../xawtv.templates:5001
msgid "Create a default configuration for xawtv?"
msgstr "Создать конфигурацию по умолчанию для xawtv?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../xawtv.templates:5001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can create a system-wide configuration file for xawtv with reasonable "
#| "default values for the country you live in (which TV norm is used for "
#| "example)."
msgid ""
"A system-wide configuration file for xawtv can be created with reasonable "
"default values for the local country."
msgstr ""
"Вы можете создать общий конфигурационный файл для xawtv с приемлемыми "
"значениями по умолчанию для вашей страны (например, тип ТВ-сигнала)."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../xawtv.templates:5001
msgid ""
"That file is not required but will simplify software configuration for users."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../xawtv.templates:6001
msgid "us-bcast"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../xawtv.templates:6001
msgid "us-cable"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../xawtv.templates:6001
msgid "us-cable-hrc"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../xawtv.templates:6001
msgid "japan-bcast"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../xawtv.templates:6001
msgid "japan-cable"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../xawtv.templates:6001
msgid "europe-west"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../xawtv.templates:6001
msgid "europe-east"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../xawtv.templates:6001
msgid "italy"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../xawtv.templates:6001
msgid "newzealand"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../xawtv.templates:6001
msgid "australia"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../xawtv.templates:6001
msgid "ireland"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../xawtv.templates:6001
msgid "france"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../xawtv.templates:6001
msgid "china-bcast"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../xawtv.templates:6002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Frequency table that should be used:"
msgid "Frequency table to use:"
msgstr "Таблица частот, которая должна быть использована:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../xawtv.templates:6002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A frequency table is just a list of TV channel names/numbers and the "
#| "corresponding broadcast frequencies for these channels.  Different "
#| "regions use different standards here..."
msgid ""
"A frequency table is a list of TV channel names and numbers with their "

Please update debconf PO translation for the package tex-common 1.10

2007-10-27 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
tex-common. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, November 10, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of tex-common_0.42_debconf_ru.po to Russian
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 0.42\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-27 09:09+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-14 21:26+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Essential entry missing in ${filename}"
msgstr "Отсутствие обязательной записи в ${filename}"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "An essential entry is missing in ${filename}:"
msgstr "Отсутствует обязательная запись в ${filename}:"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "No setting of ${variable}."
msgstr "Не задано ${variable}."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001 ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "TeX will not work without it, you need to fix your configuration files.  "
#| "The version of ${filename} that is provided by the package should be "
#| "available as ${filename}.ucf-dist."
msgid ""
"TeX will not work until the configuration files are fixed. The version of "
"${filename} that is provided by the package should be available as "
"${filename}.ucf-dist."
msgstr ""
"TeX не будет работать без этого, вам нужно исправить конфигурационные файлы. "
"Версия ${filename}, предоставляемая этим пакетом, доступна под именем "
"${filename}.ucf-dist."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001 ../templates:3001
msgid "The configuration process has been aborted."
msgstr ""

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Essential entry wrong in ${filename}"
msgid "Invalid essential entry in ${filename}"
msgstr "Неправильная обязательная запись в ${filename}"

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "An essential entry is wrong in ${filename}: ${variable} does not contain"
msgid ""
"An essential entry is invalid in ${filename}: ${variable} does not contain:"
msgstr "Ошибки в обязательной записи в ${filename}: не указано ${variable}"

#~ msgid "Exiting."
#~ msgstr "Выходим."

#~ msgid "${pattern}"
#~ msgstr "${pattern}"

Please update debconf PO translation for the package flex 2.5.33-13

2007-10-29 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
flex. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, November 13,
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of flex_2.5.33-5_debconf_ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: flex_2.5.33-5\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-30 07:26+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-10 21:15+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:2001
msgid "Are you sure you want to upgrade flex?"
msgstr "Вы уверены, что хотите обновить flex?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This version of Flex is a major upgrade from previous versions. There "
#| "have been extensive changes. Flex scanners are now reenterant, you may "
#| "have multiple scanners in the same program with differing sets of "
#| "defaults, and they play nicer with modern C and C++ compilers. The flip "
#| "side is that Flex no longer conforms to the POSIX lex behaviour, and the "
#| "scanners require conforming implementations when flex is used in ANSI C "
#| "mode. The package flex-old provides the same behaviour as version 2.5.4a "
#| "of Flex."
msgid ""
"The behavior of Flex has undergone a major change since version 2.5.4a. Flex "
"scanners are now reentrant: they can have multiple scanners in the same "
"program with differing sets of defaults, and they play nicer with modern C "
"and C++ compilers. The flipside is that Flex no longer conforms to the POSIX "
"lex behavior, and the scanners require conforming implementations when Flex "
"is used in ANSI C mode. The package flex-old provides the older behavior."
msgstr ""
"Эта версия Flex сильно отличается от предыдущих версий. Она претерпела "
"значительные изменения. Flex сканеры теперь реентерабельны, вы можете "
"включать несколько сканеров с различными настройками по умолчанию в одну "
"программу, и теперь они лучше взаимодействуют с современными компиляторами C "
"и C++. С другой стороны, Flex теперь больше не соответствует поведению POSIX "
"lex и сканеров, требующих соответствующих реализаций, если flex используется "
"в режиме ANSI C. Поведение как у версии Flex 2.5.4a предоставляется пакетом "
"flex-old."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:2001
msgid ""
"Please make sure you are prepared for these changes in Flex before "
"continuing with its upgrade."
msgstr "Перед тем как обновлять Flex убедитесь, что готовы к таким изменениям."

Use of ttf-thryomanes for Greek/Cyrillic/Hungarian (was: Re: Orphaned packages with quite some users?)

2007-11-01 Thread Christian Perrier

(beware: wide crosspost. Please turn your brain ON to decide where you
want to reply... :-)))

Quoting Cyril Brulebois ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):
> Luk Claes <[EMAIL PROTECTED]> (31/10/2007):
> > Below you'll find a list of longtime orphaned packages with quite some
> > users. It would be great if people could adopt packages that are still
> > usefull and give alternatives and/or migration plans for packages that
> > are rather obsolete or not really usefull anymore.
> >
> > http://packages.qa.debian.org/t/ttf-thryomanes.html
> > http://packages.qa.debian.org/u/unifont.html
> 
> Putting the pkg-fonts team in the loop, since it might be interested in
> taking care of these ones.


ttf-thryomanes probably appears here because it is listed in a few
l10n tasks:

cyrillic-desktop: ttf-thryomanes
greek-desktop: ttf-thryomanes
hungarian-desktop: ttf-thryomanes

Description: A Unicode font covering Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and IPA
 Thryomanes is a TrueType Unicode font (with bold, italic and bold-italic
 variations). It covers the Latin and IPA sections of Unicode 3.0, and most of
 the Greek (including Polytonic Greek) and Cyrillic sections.

So, the choice becomes: 

- keep this font listed in (some of) these tasks. Then it needs to be
  maintained by
  - someone willing to do so
  - the pkg-fonts-devel "team"
- remove this font from all tasks and then either:
  - drop the package
  - keep it is someone volunteers to maintain it

IMHO, even if I did not check this, the ttf-dejavu font(s) cover these
languages pretty well. So, the font is maybe not very much relevant
for being installed by default.

On the other hand, the package has few bugs (4) and should be very
easy to maintain. Upstream seems inactive (no release since 2000-2001).






signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

gnumeric 1.6.3-7: Please update debconf PO translation for the package gnumeric

2007-11-02 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
gnumeric. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Friday, November 16, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of gnumeric_1.6.3-2_debconf-ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gnumeric_1.6.3-2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-02 12:26+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-23 10:21+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnumeric.templates:2001
msgid "Really upgrade gnumeric?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnumeric.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "It appears there is an instance of gnumeric running currently. If you "
#| "upgrade gnumeric now, that instance may not be able to save its data "
#| "anymore."
msgid ""
"An instance of gnumeric is currently running. If you upgrade now, it may no "
"longer be able to save its data."
msgstr ""
"Кажется, в данный момент запущена программа gnumeric. Если вы обновите "
"gnumeric в таком состоянии, то она не сможет сохранить данные."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnumeric.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You are strongly recommended to close the running instances of gnumeric "
#| "prior to upgrading this package."
msgid ""
"You should close the running instances of gnumeric before upgrading this "
"package."
msgstr ""
"Перед обновлением пакета настоятельно рекомендуется закрыть все работающие "
"копии gnumeric."

#~ msgid "Are you sure you want to upgrade gnumeric right now?"
#~ msgstr "Вы уверены, что хотите обновить gnumeric прямо сейчас?"

x-ttcidfont-conf 25.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package x-ttcidfont-conf

2007-11-06 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
x-ttcidfont-conf. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, November 20, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of x-ttcidfont-conf_24_debconf_ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: x-ttcidfont-conf_24\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-06 09:58+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-14 21:16+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Backend to use for TrueType handling on X:"
msgstr ""
"Backend, который нужно использовать для обработки шрифтов TrueType в X:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Two backends can handle TrueType fonts: FreeType and X-TT."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "XFree86 4.x has two backends to handle TrueType fonts, FreeType and X-TT. "
#| "FreeType (a simple backend) is standard, while X-TT is alternative and "
#| "has a mechanism of decorating TrueType fonts that can create bold and "
#| "oblique faces from a single font."
msgid ""
"The standard FreeType has simple features, while X-TT offers a TrueType "
"fonts decoration mechanism that can create bold and oblique faces from a "
"single font."
msgstr ""
"В XFree86 4.x есть два backend для обработки шрифтов TrueType: FreeType и X-"
"TT. FreeType (простой backend) является стандартом, в то время как X-TT -- "
"альтернативная реализация, которая поддерживает механизм, позволяющий из "
"одного шрифта TrueType создавать варианты жирного и наклонного начертания."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "If unsure, choose FreeType."
msgid "If in doubt, you should choose FreeType."
msgstr "Если не уверены, выберите FreeType."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Prefer speed over quality while rendering?"
msgstr "Оптимизировать отрисовку шрифтов по скорости, в ущерб качеству?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "There are two ways for XTT to calculate the font metrics:"
msgid "There are two ways for X-TT to calculate the font metrics:"
msgstr "Есть два варианта как XTT будет просчитывать метрики шрифтов:"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
" - user header info:  fast and lightweight but fallible;\n"
" - calculate every glyph: slow and heavyweight but reliable."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"With a fast CPU and enough memory, you should decline this option and X-TT "
"will calculate every glyph."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid "FontPath of TrueType and CID managed by defoma is changed"
#~ msgstr "Изменение FontPath для TrueType и CID, управляемых defoma"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "TrueType and CID font paths which defoma manages have changed again. "
#~ "Please add these entries to the \"Files\" section of /etc/X11/xorg.conf:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Пути к типам шрифтов TrueType и CID, управляемых через defoma опять "
#~ "изменились. Добавьте следующие записи в раздел \"Files\" файла /etc/X11/"
#~ "xorg.conf:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "  FontPath \"/var/lib/defoma/x-ttcidfont-conf.d/dirs/CID\"\n"
#~ "  FontPath \"/var/lib/defoma/x-ttcidfont-conf.d/dirs/TrueType\""
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "  FontPath \"/var/lib/defoma/x-ttcidfont-conf.d/dirs/CID\"\n"
#~ "  FontPath \"/var/lib/defoma/x-ttcidfont-conf.d/dirs/TrueType\""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Also add these two directories to the \"catalogue\" path lists in /etc/"
#~ "X11/fs/config and/or /etc/X11/fs-xtt/config, and delete any mention of /"
#~ "usr/lib/X11/fonts/CID in any of these files."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Также добавьте эти два каталога в список путей \"catalogue\" в файлах /"
#~ "etc/X11/fs/config и/или /etc/X11/fs-xtt/config и удалите все указания на /"
#~ "usr/lib/X11/fonts/CID во всех этих файлах."

#~ msgid ""
#~ " 1) use header info; fast, lazy, possible miscalculation(?).\n"
#~ " 2) calculate every glyph; slow, need highspeed CPU and much memory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " 1) используя информацию заголовка; быстрый, откладываемый, возможно "
#~ "неточный(?).\n"
#~ " 2) вычисляя каждый образ символа; медленный, требует мощного ЦП CPU и "
#~ "много памяти."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you have a relatively fast CPU and plenty of available memory, you "
#~ "should go for (2) and decline this option. If your computer's resources

dash 0.5.4-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package dash

2007-11-11 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
dash. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, November 25, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of dash_0.5.3-6.1_debconf_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Ilgiz Kalmetev <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2003.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 0.5.3-6.1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-11 19:37+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-29 21:38+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../dash.templates.in:2001
msgid "Install dash as /bin/sh?"
msgstr "Настроить символическую ссылку /bin/sh на dash?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../dash.templates.in:2001
msgid "The default /bin/sh shell on Debian and Debian-based systems is bash."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../dash.templates.in:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Bash is the default /bin/sh on a Debian system.  However, since the "
#| "Debian policy requires all shell scripts using /bin/sh to be POSIX "
#| "compliant, any shell that conforms to POSIX can serve as /bin/sh.  Since "
#| "dash is POSIX compliant, it can be used as /bin/sh.  You may wish to do "
#| "this because dash is faster and smaller than bash."
msgid ""
"However, since the distribution policy requires all shell scripts using /bin/"
"sh to be POSIX compliant, any shell that conforms to POSIX, such as dash, "
"can serve as /bin/sh. You may wish to do this because dash is faster and "
"smaller than bash."
msgstr ""
"В системе Debian по умолчанию символическая ссылка /bin/sh указывает на "
"bash. Однако, так как политика Debian требует, чтобы все сценарии оболочки, "
"использующие /bin/sh, были совместимы с POSIX, то /bin/sh может указывать на "
"любую оболочку, совместимую с POSIX. Так как dash совместим с POSIX, то /bin/"
"sh может указывать на него. Если сравнивать c bash, то основными "
"преимуществами dash являются скорость и размер."

courier 0.57.0-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package courier

2007-11-11 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
courier. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, November 26, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of courier_0.53.3-5_ru.po to Russian
# translation of courier_0.47-4_ru.po to Russian
# translation of courier_0.42.2-9.po to russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: courier_0.53.3-5_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-11 19:33+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-27 13:06+1000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Obsolete, not reviewed
#: ../courier-base.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modified Authentication Infrastructure"
msgid "Modified authentication infrastructure"
msgstr "Изменилась инфраструктура аутентификации"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Obsolete, not reviewed
#: ../courier-base.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Beginning with Courier 0.48, the authentication modules that used to be part "
"of Courier have been separated into a standalone library. All Courier "
"applications are now using the same authentication infrastructure, the "
"Courier authentication library. Packages for this library consists of a base "
"package (courier-authlib) and one for each authentication method (courier-"
"authlib-userdb, -mysql, -postgresql, -ldap, -pipe). Unfortunately it wasn't "
"possible to setup the dependencies in order to allow a seamless upgrade. "
"Please install the package for your authentication method manually."
msgstr ""
"Начиная с Courier 0.48, модули аутентификации, которые использовались как "
"часть Courier, были выделены в отдельную библиотеку.Теперь все приложения "
"Courier используют одинаковую инфраструктуру аутентификации, библиотеку "
"аутентификации Courier. Пакеты для этой библиотеки состоят из базового "
"пакета (courier-authlib) и по одному для каждого метода аутентификации "
"(courier-authlib-userdb, -mysql,-postgresql, -ldap, -pipe). К сожалению, "
"невозможно установить зависимости, чтобы позволить прозрачное обновление. "
"Установите самостоятельно пакеты для вашего метода аутентификации."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../courier-base.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create directories for web-based administration ?"
msgid "Create directories for web-based administration?"
msgstr "Создать директории для web-администрирования ?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../courier-base.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Courier uses several configuration files which are located in /etc/"
#| "courier. Some configuration files can be replaced by a subdirectory where "
#| "all files insides this directory are concatenated and considered to be a "
#| "single, consolidated, configuration file."
msgid ""
"Courier uses several configuration files in /etc/courier. Some of these "
"files can be replaced by a subdirectory whose contents are concatenated and "
"treated as a single, consolidated, configuration file."
msgstr ""
"Courier использует несколько файлов настроек, которые расположены в /etc/"
"courier. Некоторые файлы настроек можно заменить поддиректорией, все файлы в "
"которой объединяются и рассматриваются как один целый файл настройки."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../courier-base.templates:3001
msgid ""
"The web-based administration provided by the courier-webadmin package relies "
"on configuration directories instead of configuration files.  If you agree, "
"any directories needed for the web-based administration tool will be created "
"unless there is already a plain file in place."
msgstr ""
"web-администрирование, предоставленное пакетом courier-webadmin, зависит от "
"директорий настройки, а не от файлов настройки.  Если вы согласитесь, и там "
"ещё нет файла настройки, то все директории, необходимые для утилиты web-"
"администрирования, будут созданы."

#. Type: string
#.

openldap2.3 2.3.38-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package openldap2.3

2007-11-13 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
openldap2.3. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Tuesday, November 27, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of 2.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 2.1.30-13.2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-13 17:39+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-05 20:38+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:2001
msgid "Omit OpenLDAP server configuration?"
msgstr "Пропустить настройку сервера OpenLDAP?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be "
#| "created for you."
msgid ""
"If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be "
"created."
msgstr ""
"Если вы ответите утвердительно, начальная конфигурация или база данных "
"создаваться не будет."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:3001
msgid "always"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:3001
msgid "when needed"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:3001
msgid "never"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:3002
msgid "Dump databases to file on upgrade:"
msgstr "При обновлении сбросить данные из базы данных в файл:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:3002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Before upgrading to a new version of the OpenLDAP server the data of your "
#| "LDAP directories can be dumped to plain text files (LDIF format) which is "
#| "a standardized description of that data (LDIF stands for LDAP Data "
#| "Interchange Format)."
msgid ""
"Before the upgrade to a new version of the OpenLDAP server, the LDAP "
"directories can be dumped into plain text LDIF files (in the standardized "
"LDAP Data Interchange Format)."
msgstr ""
"Перед обновлением до новой версии сервера OpenLDAP данные из вашего каталога "
"LDAP могут быть сохранены в текстовые файлы (в формате LDIF) в "
"стандартизованном формате (LDIF расшифровывается как формат обмена данных "
"LDAP)."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:3002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Selecting \"always\" will make the maintainer scripts dump your databases "
#| "before upgrading unconditionally. Selecting \"when needed\" will only "
#| "dump the database if the new version is incompatible with the old "
#| "database format and it has to be reimported. The \"never\" choice will "
#| "just go ahead without ever dumping your database."
msgid ""
"Selecting \"always\" will cause the databases to be dumped unconditionally "
"before an upgrade. Selecting \"when needed\" will only dump the database if "
"the new version is incompatible with the old database format and it needs to "
"be reimported. Selecting \"never\" will cause no dump to occur."
msgstr ""
"Если выбрать \"всегда\", то сопровождающие сценарии обязательно сохранят "
"ваши базы данных перед обновлением. Если выбрать \"только при необходимости"
"\", то база данных будет сохранена, только если новая версия несовместима со "
"старым форматом базы данных и должнабыть реимпортирована повторно. Если "
"выбрать \"никогда\", то шаг сохранения базы всегда будет просто пропускаться."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Directory to dump databases:"
msgid "Directory for dumped databases:"
msgstr "Каталог, куда сбрасывать данные из баз данных:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please specify the directory where the LDAP databases will be exported. "
#| "Within this directory several LDIF files are created which correspond to "
#| "the search bases located on the server. Make sure you have enough free "
#| "space on the partition the directory is located.  The first occurrence of "

openldap2.3 2.3.38-2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package openldap2.3

2007-11-13 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

(2nd call as a string was fixed lately)

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
openldap2.3. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, November 28, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of 2.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 2.1.30-13.2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-14 04:33+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-05 20:38+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:2001
msgid "Omit OpenLDAP server configuration?"
msgstr "Пропустить настройку сервера OpenLDAP?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be "
#| "created for you."
msgid ""
"If you enable this option, no initial configuration or database will be "
"created."
msgstr ""
"Если вы ответите утвердительно, начальная конфигурация или база данных "
"создаваться не будет."

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:3001
msgid "always"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:3001
msgid "when needed"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../slapd.templates:3001
msgid "never"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:3002
msgid "Dump databases to file on upgrade:"
msgstr "При обновлении сбросить данные из базы данных в файл:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:3002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Before upgrading to a new version of the OpenLDAP server the data of your "
#| "LDAP directories can be dumped to plain text files (LDIF format) which is "
#| "a standardized description of that data (LDIF stands for LDAP Data "
#| "Interchange Format)."
msgid ""
"Before the upgrade to a new version of the OpenLDAP server, the LDAP "
"directories can be dumped into plain text LDIF files (in the standardized "
"LDAP Data Interchange Format)."
msgstr ""
"Перед обновлением до новой версии сервера OpenLDAP данные из вашего каталога "
"LDAP могут быть сохранены в текстовые файлы (в формате LDIF) в "
"стандартизованном формате (LDIF расшифровывается как формат обмена данных "
"LDAP)."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:3002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Selecting \"always\" will make the maintainer scripts dump your databases "
#| "before upgrading unconditionally. Selecting \"when needed\" will only "
#| "dump the database if the new version is incompatible with the old "
#| "database format and it has to be reimported. The \"never\" choice will "
#| "just go ahead without ever dumping your database."
msgid ""
"Selecting \"always\" will cause the databases to be dumped unconditionally "
"before an upgrade. Selecting \"when needed\" will only dump the database if "
"the new version is incompatible with the old database format and it needs to "
"be reimported. Selecting \"never\" will cause no dump to occur."
msgstr ""
"Если выбрать \"всегда\", то сопровождающие сценарии обязательно сохранят "
"ваши базы данных перед обновлением. Если выбрать \"только при необходимости"
"\", то база данных будет сохранена, только если новая версия несовместима со "
"старым форматом базы данных и должнабыть реимпортирована повторно. Если "
"выбрать \"никогда\", то шаг сохранения базы всегда будет просто пропускаться."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Directory to dump databases:"
msgid "Directory for dumped databases:"
msgstr "Каталог, куда сбрасывать данные из баз данных:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../slapd.templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please specify the directory where the LDAP databases will be exported. "
#| "Within this directory several LDIF files are created which correspond to "
#| "the search bases located on the server. Make sure you have enough free "
#| "space on the partition the direct

no-ip 2.1.7-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package no-ip

2007-11-25 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
no-ip. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, December 09, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of ru.po to Russian
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 2.1.7-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-25 12:57+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-30 11:12+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "No-IP.com user name:"
msgstr "Имя пользователя на No-IP.com:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please enter your No-IP.com account user name (usually your email address)."
msgstr ""
"Введите ваше имя учётной записи на No-IP.com (обычно, это ваш адрес "
"электронной почты)."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "No-IP.com password:"
msgstr "Пароль на No-IP.com:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please enter your No-IP.com account user name (usually your email "
#| "address)."
msgid "Please enter your No-IP.com account password."
msgstr ""
"Введите ваше имя учётной записи на No-IP.com (обычно, это ваш адрес "
"электронной почты)."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Update interval (in minutes):"
msgstr "Интервал обновления (в минутах):"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please enter the updating frequency (in minutes) the noip2 client should use "
"to refresh the record of your IP address."
msgstr ""
"Укажите частоту обновления (в минутах), с которой клиент noip2 должен "
"обновлять запись об IP-адресе."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "List of hosts or groups:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"Please specify a comma- or space-separated list of hosts or groups to update."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"If you leave this field empty, all hosts and groups listed in your No-IP.com "
"account will be updated."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "Network device name:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid ""
"Please specify the name of the network device connected to the Internet "
"(typically ethX or pppX, where X is a number)."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid ""
"This field may be left empty if this host has a single network interface."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid "Disable Network Address Translation (NAT)?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid ""
"Please specify whether noip2 should not attempt to detect the external IP "
"address of this computer."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid "If in doubt, you should leave the default choice."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid "noip2 package configuration"
#~ msgstr "конфигурация пакета noip2"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The noip2 package uses a configuration data file named /etc/noip2.conf. "
#~ "Further questions are meant to fill in settings in that file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Пакет noip2 использует файл конфигурации с именем /etc/noip2.conf. "
#~ "Дальнейшие вопросы будут касаться настроек из этого файла."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "These settings must be updated whenever your account or password changes "
#~ "or when you add or delete hosts and/or groups at www.no-ip.com.  This can "
#~ "be done by reconfiguring this package by running 'dpkg-reconfigure noip2' "
#~ "as root."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Эти настройки должны обновляться всякий раз при изменении вашей учётной "
#~ "записи или пароля, или когда вы добавляете или удаляете хосты и/или "
#~ "группы на www.no-ip.com. Это можно сделать с помощью перенастройки пакета "
#~ "командой 'dpkg-reconfigure noip2', запущенной с правами root."

auctex 11.83-8: Please update debconf PO translation for the package auctex

2007-11-27 Thread Christian Perrier

$# Lines beginning with a number sign are comments, they are removed when
# sending mails.  If a line is composed of a # followed by a 'Name: Value'
# pair, it is interpreted as a mail header field and is passed to your mail
# transport agent.  You can edit/add/remove those header fields.
# 
# From: Christian Perrier <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>
# Subject: auctex 11.83-8: Please update debconf PO translation for the package 
auctex
#
# This mail will be sent to the following people:
### [*] cs.po: Miroslav Kure <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Czech <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>
### [*] de.po: Helge Kreutzmann <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, German <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>
### [*] es.po: Steve Lord Flaubert <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Spanish <[EMAIL 
PROTECTED]>
### [*] fr.po: Steve Petruzzello <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, French <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>
### [*] gl.po: Jacobo Tarrio <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Galician <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>
### [*] it.po: Davide G. M. Salvetti <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Italian <[EMAIL 
PROTECTED]>
### [*] ja.po: Atsushi Shimono <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Japanese <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>
### [*] nl.po: Vincent Zweije <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Debian-Dutch <[EMAIL 
PROTECTED]>
### [*] pt.po: Ricardo Silva <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Native Portuguese <[EMAIL 
PROTECTED]>
### [*] pt_BR.po: Andr?? Lu??s Lopes <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Debian-BR Project 
<[EMAIL PROTECTED]>
### [*] ru.po: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, Russian 

# (you can update email addresses, remove a line or add/remove the cross
# between the brackets)

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
auctex. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, December 12, 
2007.

Thanks,

# Russian translation of the "debian/auctex/templates" file of auctex
# Debian package.
#
# Copyright (C) 2007 Davide G. M. Salvetti
#
# This file is distributed under the same license as the auctex Debian
# package.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
#
# arch-tag: 95d0127a-1b10-4325-a61e-7880f29b842a
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 11.83-6\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-28 06:15+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-04 15:11+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../auctex/templates:2001
msgid "Background"
msgstr "фоновый"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../auctex/templates:2001
msgid "Foreground"
msgstr "оперативный"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../auctex/templates:2001
msgid "None"
msgstr "не выполнять"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../auctex/templates:2002
msgid "(La)TeX macros parsing mode:"
msgstr "Режим анализа макросов (La)TeX:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../auctex/templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To greatly improve AUCTeX performances, every TeX macro package and LaTeX "
#| "style file currently installed at your site will be parsed."
msgid ""
"To improve the performance of AUCTeX, every currently installed TeX macro "
"package and LaTeX style file will be parsed."
msgstr ""
"Для значительного увеличения производительности AUCTeX, каждый макропакет "
"TeX и файл стилей LaTeX, установленный в системе, будет проанализирован."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Translators: do NOT translate ${LOGFILE}
#: ../auctex/templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This may take a lot of time, so it should be probably done in the "
#| "background; however you may also choose to have it done in the "
#| "foreground, or to skip the parsing at all instead.  If you choose "
#| "Background, you will find a detailed log of the process in the file: "
#| "${LOGFILE}."
msgid ""
"This may take a lot of time, so it should probably be done in the "
"background. You may also choose to have it done in the foreground, or to "
"skip that step. If you choose 'Background', you will find a detailed log of "
"the process in ${LOGFILE}."

playmidi 2.4debian-9: Please update debconf PO translation for the package playmidi

2007-11-28 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
playmidi. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, December 12, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of playmidi_2.4debian-8_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Ilgiz Kalmetev <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2002.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 2.4debian-8\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-28 08:20+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-18 21:26+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Options for playmidi when invoked through MIME"
msgid "Options for playmidi when invoked through MIME:"
msgstr "Параметры для playmidi при вызове через MIME:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"The playmidi package sets up a MIME entry which allows mail user agents and "
"other applications to play MIDI files."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"In order for playmidi to work properly, you may need to set hardware-"
"specific options:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you have an external MIDI device or an Ensoniq SoundScape, Turtle "
#| "Beach WaveFront or WaveBlaster sound card, use `-e'."
msgid ""
" '-a': Sound Blaster AWE32;\n"
" '-e': external MIDI device, Ensoniq SoundScape, Turtle\n"
"   Beach WaveFront or WaveBlaster sound card;\n"
" '-g': Gravis Ultrasound."
msgstr ""
"Если у вас есть внешнее устройство MIDI или звуковые карты Ensoniq "
"SoundScape, Turtle Beach WaveFront или WaveBlaster, укажите `-e'."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"Most other cards require no specific options and will work with this field "
"left blank. This setting is kept in /etc/playmidi/playmidi.conf."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This package sets up a MIME entry which allows your mail user agent and "
#~ "other applications to play MIDI files.  As playmidi doesn't have a proper "
#~ "configuration file yet, you'll need to specify any options required for "
#~ "it to work with your sound hardware."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Этот пакет устанавливает запись MIME, которая позволяет вашему почтовому "
#~ "клиенту и другим приложениям воспроизводить файлы MIDI. Так как пока у "
#~ "playmidi нет настроечного файла, вам нужно указать любые параметры, "
#~ "требуемые для работы вашего звукового оборудования."

#~ msgid "If you have a Sound Blaster AWE32, use `-a'."
#~ msgstr "Если у вас есть Sound Blaster AWE32, укажите `-a'."

#~ msgid "If you have a Gravis Ultrasound, use `-g'."
#~ msgstr "Если у вас есть Gravis Ultrasound, укажите `-g'."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Otherwise, try leaving this blank -- many cards will work without extra "
#~ "flags. If you change your mind later, edit `/etc/playmidi/playmidi.conf'."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Иначе, попробуйте оставить это поле пустым -- многие карты работают без "
#~ "дополнительных параметров. Если вы потом измените своё решение, то "
#~ "отредактируйте файл `/etc/playmidi/playmidi.conf'."

hesiod 3.0.2-18.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package hesiod

2007-11-28 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
hesiod. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, December 12, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of hesiod_3.0.2-18_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 3.0.2-18\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-28 06:22+\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-24 18:34+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:2001
msgid "Hesiod domain for searches:"
msgstr "Домен Hesiod для поисков:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Hesiod looks up keys using the standard Domain Name System.  Enter the "
#| "right-hand side of the domain name to do searches in.  This name should "
#| "begin with a \".\"."
msgid ""
"Hesiod looks up keys using the standard Domain Name System. Please enter the "
"rightmost part of the domain name to do searches in. This name should begin "
"with a '.' character."
msgstr ""
"Hesiod ищет ключи используя стандартную систему доменных имён (DNS). Введите "
"правую часть (rhs) доменного имени для поиска. Значение должно начинаться с "
"\".\"."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:3001
msgid "Hesiod prefix for searches:"
msgstr "Префикс Hesiod для поисков:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Hesiod lookups generally happen in a subdomain of the main domain. Enter "
#| "the name of the subdomain here.  This name should begin with a \".\".  At "
#| "most sites, this entry should be \".ns\"."
msgid ""
"Hesiod lookups generally happen in a subdomain of the main domain. Please "
"enter the name of the subdomain. This name should begin with a '.' "
"character. This entry is '.ns' at many sites."
msgstr ""
"Обычно Hesiod осуществляет поиск в определённом поддомене (lhs) главного "
"домена. Введите здесь имя поддомена. Оно должно начинаться с \".\". Для "
"большинства установок подходит \".ns\"."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001
msgid "DNS class search order:"
msgstr "Порядок поиска в классах DNS:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Hesiod looks up names using DNS TXT records. In addition to using the "
"standard IN DNS class for Internet names, it also uses by default the "
"special HS class."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please enter the class search order (the default value is suitable for most "
"sites). There should be no spaces in this search order value."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Sites using older Hesiod installations may need to use the 'HS,IN' search "
"order."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Hesiod looks up names using DNS TXT records.  In addition to using the "
#~ "standard IN DNS class for Internet names, it also uses by default the "
#~ "special HS class.  You can change the class search order here, or leave "
#~ "out IN or HS if you want to.  Don't insert extra spaces in the value.  "
#~ "The default search path is \"IN,HS\" to search both classes. At some "
#~ "sites where older hesiod installations are still in use, you may need to "
#~ "specify \"HS,IN\" instead."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Hesiod ищет данные в TXT записях DNS. Кроме используемого по умолчанию "
#~ "специального класса HS, используется стандартный IN класс DNS для имён "
#~ "интернет. Здесь вы можете изменить порядок просмотра в классах или "
#~ "оставить IN или HS, если хотите. Не вставляйте дополнительные пробелы в "
#~ "значение. Порядок поиска по умолчанию: \"IN,HS\", поиск осуществляется в "
#~ "записях обоих классов. Для установленных ранних версий hesiod, вместо "
#~ "этого может потребоваться указать \"HS,IN\"."

phpmyadmin 4:2.11.2-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package phpmyadmin

2007-12-03 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
phpmyadmin. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, December 17, 2007.

Thanks,

# translation of phpmyadmin_ru.po to Russian
# translation of phpmyadmin to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Sergey Alyoshin, 2007
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: phpmyadmin_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-03 11:59+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-03 16:37+1000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Web server to reconfigure automatically:"
msgstr "Веб-сервер для автоматической перенастройки:"

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please choose the web server that should be automatically configured to run "
"phpMyAdmin."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "User name for web-based setup system:"
msgid "Username for web-based setup system:"
msgstr "Имя пользователя для системы веб-установки:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001 ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"The setup system for phpMyAdmin may be used, after installation, from http://";
"localhost/phpmyadmin/scripts/setup.php."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001 ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"Access to this system requires identification with a username and a password."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Leave empty if you want to use the default user name 'admin'."
msgid ""
"If you leave this field empty, the default username ('admin') will be used."
msgstr "Оставьте пустым, если хотите использовать по умолчанию имя `admin'."

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Password for web-based setup system:"
msgstr "Пароль для системы веб-установки:"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can manage the usernames and passwords with the `htpasswd' command. "
#| "They are stored in the file /etc/phpmyadmin/htpasswd.setup"
msgid ""
"Usernames and passwords may be managed with the `htpasswd' command and are "
"stored in /etc/phpmyadmin/htpasswd.setup."
msgstr ""
"Вы можете управлять именами и паролями пользователей с помощью команды "
"`htpasswd'. Они хранятся в файле /etc/phpmyadmin/htpasswd.setup"

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Leave empty if you want to disable access to the web-based setup."
msgid ""
"If you leave this field empty, access to the web-based setup will be "
"disabled."
msgstr "Оставьте пустым, если хотите запретить доступ к веб-установке."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "phpMyAdmin supports any web server that PHP does, but this automatic "
#~ "configuration process only supports Apache."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "phpMyAdmin поддерживает любой веб-сервер, который работает с PHP, но "
#~ "данный процесс автоматической настройки поддерживает только Apache."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "phpMyAdmin comes with a setup script that can help you with creating a "
#~ "configuration. The script is located at http://localhost/phpmyadmin/";
#~ "scripts/setup.php. For security reasons it requires authorization."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "phpMyAdmin поставляется со скриптом установки, который поможет вам в "
#~ "настройке. Скрипт расположен по адресу http://localhost/phpmyadmin/";
#~ "scripts/setup.php . В целях безопасности, он требует авторизации."

zephyr 2.1.20070719.SNAPSHOT-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package zephyr

2007-12-05 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
zephyr. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, December 19, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of zephyr_2.1.20070719.SNAPSHOT-1_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Unknown, 2003,.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 2.1.20070719.SNAPSHOT-1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-05 09:47+0530\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-18 21:12+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zephyr-clients.templates:2001 ../zephyr-server.templates:2001
msgid "Zephyr servers:"
msgstr "Серверы Zephyr:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zephyr-clients.templates:2001 ../zephyr-server.templates:2001
msgid ""
"Please specify the full names of the Zephyr servers, as a space-separated "
"list."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zephyr-clients.templates:2001 ../zephyr-server.templates:2001
msgid ""
"The list configured on clients can be a subset of the list configured on "
"servers."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../zephyr-clients.templates:2001
msgid "This can be left empty if Hesiod is used to advertise Zephyr servers."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please type the full names of your zephyr servers, separated by spaces. "
#~ "(note that this can be a subset of what you're telling the servers) If "
#~ "you are using hesiod to advertise your zephyr servers, leave this blank."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Введите полные имена ваших серверов zephyr, разделяя их пробелами "
#~ "(заметим, что это может быть подмножеством того, что вы указываете "
#~ "серверам). Если для объявления серверов zephyr, вы используете hesiod, то "
#~ "оставьте это поле пустым."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Please type the full names of your zephyr servers, separated by spaces. "
#~ "(Note that this can be a superset of that you're telling the clients.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Введите полные имена ваших серверов zephyr, разделяя их пробелами "
#~ "(заметим, что это может быть надмножеством того, что вы указываете "
#~ "клиентам)."

apt-listchanges 2.76: Please update debconf PO translation for the package apt-listchanges

2007-12-11 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
apt-listchanges. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, December 26, 
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of apt-listchanges_2.72.1_debconf_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Ilgiz Kalmetev <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2003.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 2.72.1\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-12 11:31+0530\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-11 16:45+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "pager"
msgstr "пейджер"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "browser"
msgstr "браузер"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "xterm-pager"
msgstr "xterm-пейджер"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "xterm-browser"
msgstr "xterm-браузер"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "gtk"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "text"
msgstr "текст"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "mail"
msgstr "почта"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "none"
msgstr "не выводить"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid "Method for changes display:"
msgstr "Метод показа изменений:"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "apt-listchanges can display package changes in a number of different ways."
msgid ""
"Package changes may be displayed by apt-listchanges in a number of different "
"ways."
msgstr ""
"apt-listchanges может отображать записи журнала изменений в пакете "
"несколькими способами."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| " pager : use your preferred pager to display changes one page at\n"
#| " a time;\n"
#| " browser   : display HTML-formatted changes using a web browser;\n"
#| " xterm-pager   : like pager, but in an xterm in the background;\n"
#| " xterm-browser : like browser, but in an xterm in the background;\n"
#| " text  : print changes to your terminal (without pausing);\n"
#| " mail  : only send changes via mail;\n"
#| " none  : do not run automatically from apt."
msgid ""
" pager: display changes one page at a time;\n"
" browser  : display HTML-formatted changes using a web browser;\n"
" xterm-pager  : like pager, but in an xterm in the background;\n"
" xterm-browser: like browser, but in an xterm in the background;\n"
" gtk  : display changes in a GTK window;\n"
" text : print changes to the terminal (without pausing);\n"
" mail : only send changes via mail;\n"
" none : do not run automatically from APT."
msgstr ""
" пейджер   : предпочитаемый пейджер для постраничного просмотра "
"изменений;\n"
" браузер   : просмотр изменений в формате HTML через веб браузер;\n"
" xterm-пейджер : то же, что и пейджер, но в окне xterm;\n"
" xterm-браузер : то же, что и браузер, но в окне xterm;\n"
" текст : вывести изменения на терминал (без пауз);\n"
" почта : послать изменения по почте;\n"
" не выводить   : не запускать из apt автоматически."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid ""
"This setting can be overridden at execution time. All frontends but 'none' "
"can also mail a copy."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E-mail Address(es) which will receive changes:"
msgid "E-mail address(es) which will receive changes:"
msgstr "E-mail адрес(а), на который будут отправлены изменения:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "apt-listchanges can email a copy of displayed changes.  Please enter the "
#| "email address the changes should be sent to."
msgid ""
"Optionally, apt-listchanges can e-mail a copy of displayed changes to a "
"specified ad

proftpd-dfsg 1.3.1-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package proftpd-dfsg

2007-12-12 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
proftpd-dfsg. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, December 26,
2007.

Thanks,

# translation of proftpd_1.3.0-7_ru.po to Russian
# translation of proftpd_1.2.8-14.po to russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
#Translators, please read /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: proftpd_1.3.0-7_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-12 11:52+0530\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 17:58+1000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../proftpd.templates:2001
msgid "from inetd"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../proftpd.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "inetd, standalone"
msgid "standalone"
msgstr "через inetd, самостоятельно"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../proftpd.templates:2002
msgid "Run proftpd:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../proftpd.templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "ProFTPd can be run either as a service from inetd, or as a standalone "
#| "server. Each choice has its own benefits. If you have only a few ftp "
#| "connections per day, it is probably better to run proftp from inetd in "
#| "order to save resources."
msgid ""
"ProFTPd can be run either as a service from inetd, or as a standalone "
"server. Each choice has its own benefits. With only a few FTP connections "
"per day, it is probably better to run ProFTPd from inetd in order to save "
"resources."
msgstr ""
"ProFTPd может быть запущен либо как сервис через inetd, либо как "
"самостоятельный сервер. Каждый из способов имеет свои преимущества. Если с "
"вашим ftp сервером за день происходит лишь несколько сеансов связи, то лучше "
"запускать proftp через inetd, чтобы сэкономить ресурсы."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../proftpd.templates:2002
msgid ""
"On the other hand, with higher traffic, ProFTPd should run as a standalone "
"server to avoid spawning a new process for each incoming connection."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Not reviewed: obsolete
#: ../proftpd.templates:3001
msgid "Warning on syntax changes in ProFTPd configuration."
msgstr "Предупреждение: в синтаксисе настройки ProFTPd есть изменения."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Not reviewed: obsolete
#: ../proftpd.templates:3001
msgid ""
"You are upgrading from a pre-1.3.0 version. Probably you will need to revise "
"your previous configuration to be compliant with current directives. Please, "
"consult documentation and how-tos available in proftpd-doc and change /etc/"
"proftpd/proftpd.conf as needed."
msgstr ""
"Вы обновляетесь с версии пред-1.3.0. Возможно Вам нужно проверить имеющиеся "
"настройки на совместимость с текущей версией. Необходимую документацию Вы "
"можете найдете в пакете proftpd-doc и исправьте файл /etc/proftpd.conf так, "
"как Вам нужно."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Not reviewed: obsolete
#: ../proftpd.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, it is nearly impossible currently to convert your setup "
"automatically, but for some basic issues. You will have to do it yourself. "
"ProFTPd could also be unable to use the resulting configuration, and it "
"would not restart after upgrading."
msgstr ""
"К несчастью, полная автоматическая конвертация невозможна, кроме некоторых "
"элементарных вещей. Вы должны сделать это сами. ProFTPd не сможет "
"использовать получившиеся настройки и не сможет перезапуститься после "
"обновления."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. Not reviewed: obsolete
#: ../proftpd.templates:3001
msgid ""
"Note also that starting from 1.3.0 version, dynamic modules are used and "
"configuration should be splitted, keeping modules loading instructions "
"within the new /etc/proftpd/modules.conf configuration file for future "
"hacks. That file should be included by the main configuration file."
msgstr ""
"Обратите внимание, что начиная с версии 1.3.0, используются динамические "
"модули и настройки надо разделить, оставив инструкции по загрузке модулей в "
"новом настроечном файле /etc/proftpd/modules.conf для будущих изменений. "
"Этот файл надо подключить в главном настроечном файле."

#~ msgid "Run proftpd from inetd or standalone?"
#~ msgstr "Запускать proftpd самостоятельно или через inetd?"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "On the other hand, if your ftp site is visi

hesiod 3.0.2-18.2: Please update debconf PO translation for the package hesiod

2007-12-13 Thread Christian Perrier

(2nd call for translations: some remarks by one of the English proofreaders
were inadvertently ommitted previously. If you already sent a translation
update, please send it to the same bug reportsee bug numbers at the end
of this mail

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
hesiod. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Thursday, December 27, 
2007.

Thanks,


Current status of updates:

  * Basque. Closes: #453298
  * Galician. Closes: #453329
  * Vietnamese. Closes: #453375
  * Finnish. Closes: #453649
  * Italian. Closes: #454644
  * French. Closes: #454696
  * Czech. Closes: #41
  * Russian. Closes: #455966


# translation of ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006, 2007.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 3.0.2-18.2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-13 12:21+0530\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-29 20:54+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:2001
msgid "Hesiod domain for searches:"
msgstr "Домен Hesiod для поисков:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:2001
msgid "Please enter the Hesiod RHS (right hand-side) to do searches in."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:2001 ../libhesiod0.templates:3001
msgid ""
"If the Hesiod server is 'ns.example.org' then the LHS will be '.ns', the RHS "
"will be '.example.org' (note leading periods) and directory lookups will be "
"performed as DNS requests to (e.g.) 'sam.passwd.ns.example.org'."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:3001
msgid "Hesiod prefix for searches:"
msgstr "Префикс Hesiod для поисков:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:3001
msgid "Please enter the Hesiod LHS (left hand-side) to do searches in."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001
msgid "DNS class search order:"
msgstr "Порядок поиска в классах DNS:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Hesiod looks up names using DNS TXT records. In addition to using the "
"standard IN DNS class for Internet names, it also uses by default the "
"special HS class."
msgstr ""
"Hesiod ищет данные в TXT записях DNS. Кроме используемого по умолчанию "
"специального класса HS, используется стандартный IN класс DNS для имён "
"интернет."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please enter the class search order (the default value is suitable for most "
"sites). There should be no spaces in this search order value."
msgstr ""
"Укажите порядок просмотра классов (значение по умолчанию подходит для "
"большинства установок). Не вставляйте дополнительные пробелы в значение "
"порядка поиска."

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libhesiod0.templates:4001
msgid ""
"Sites using older Hesiod installations may need to use the 'HS,IN' search "
"order."
msgstr ""
"Для установленных ранних версий Hesiod, может потребоваться указать порядок "
"поиска 'HS,IN'."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Hesiod looks up keys using the standard Domain Name System. Please enter "
#~ "the rightmost part of the domain name to do searches in. This name should "
#~ "begin with a '.' character."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Hesiod ищет ключи, используя стандартную систему доменных имён (DNS). "
#~ "Введите правую часть (rhs) доменного имени для поиска. Это имя должно "
#~ "начинаться с символа '.'."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Hesiod lookups generally happen in a subdomain of the main domain. Please "
#~ "enter the name of the subdomain. This name should begin with a '.' "
#~ "character. This entry is '.ns' at many sites."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Обычно Hesiod осуществляет поиск в поддомене (lhs) главного домена. "
#~ "Введите здесь имя поддомена. Оно должно начинаться с '.'. Для большинства "
#~ "установок подходит '.ns'."

calamaris 2.99.4.0-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package calamaris

2008-01-01 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
calamaris. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, January 16, 
2008.

Thanks,

# translation of calamaris_2.99.4.0-1_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: calamaris_2.99.4.0-1_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-02 08:21+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 21:09+1000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "auto"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "squid"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "oops"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "What type of proxy log files do you want to analyse?"
msgid "Type of proxy log files to analyze:"
msgstr "Какой тип файлов журнала прокси вы желаете анализировать?"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid ""
"Calamaris is able to process log files from Squid or Oops. If you choose "
"'auto' it will look first for Squid log files and then for Oops log files."
msgstr ""
"Calamaris умеет обрабатывать файлы журнала от Squid или Oops. Если вы "
"выберете'авто', то сначала будут искаться журнальные файлы Squid, а затем "
"Oops."

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid ""
"Choosing 'auto' is recommended when only one proxy is installed. Otherwise, "
"the appropriate setting can be enforced here."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001 ../templates:7001 ../templates:11001
msgid "nothing"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001 ../templates:7001 ../templates:11001
msgid "mail"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001 ../templates:7001 ../templates:11001
msgid "web"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001 ../templates:7001 ../templates:11001
msgid "both"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid "Output method for Calamaris daily analysis reports:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002 ../templates:7002 ../templates:11002
msgid ""
"The result of the Calamaris analysis can be sent as an email to a specified "
"address or stored as a web page."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002 ../templates:7002 ../templates:11002
msgid "Please choose which of these methods you want to use."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Recipient for daily analysis reports by mail:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"Please choose the address that should receive daily Calamaris analysis "
"reports."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001 ../templates:8001 ../templates:12001
msgid "This setting is only needed if the reports are to be sent by email."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "Directory for storing HTML daily analysis reports:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"Please choose the directory where daily Calamaris analysis reports should be "
"stored."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001 ../templates:9001 ../templates:13001
msgid "This setting is only needed if the reports are to be generated as HTML."
msgstr ""

#. Type: string
#. Default
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "Squid daily"
msgstr "Squid за день"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Title of the daily analysis"
msgid "T

htdig 1:3.2.0b6-5: Please update debconf PO translation for the package htdig

2008-01-20 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
htdig. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Sunday, February 03, 2008.

Thanks,

# translation of htdig_1:3.2.0b6-2_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: htdig_1-3.2.0b6-2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-20 14:11+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-24 21:18+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Generate endings database now?"
msgid "Generate ht://Dig endings database now?"
msgstr "Сгенерировать конечные базы данных сейчас?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The ht://Dig search engine requires an endings database which has to be "
#| "generated before the first start. Generating the database will take a "
#| "short while. It can be done either now or later by calling the '/usr/sbin/"
#| "htdigconfig' script. Should the database be generated now  rather than "
#| "later on?"
msgid ""
"The ht://Dig search engine requires an endings database which has to be "
"generated before the first start. Generating the database will take a short "
"while. It can be done either now or later by calling the '/usr/sbin/"
"htdigconfig' script."
msgstr ""
"Поисковому движку ht://Dig требуются конечные базы данных, которые должны "
"быть сгенерированы перед первым запуском. Генерация баз данных займёт время. "
"Это может быть сделано сейчас или позже вызовом сценария '/usr/sbin/"
"htdigconfig'. Сгенерировать базы данных прямо сейчас?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Schedule a daily execution of the 'rundig' script?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"On-line content must be indexed by the 'rundig' script before ht://Dig can "
"be used to search data. That script indexes the web content defined in /etc/"
"htdig/htdig.conf."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, a daily run of the script will be scheduled. You "
"may choose to not use this option if ht://Dig is used another way (for "
"instance by KDE, to perform local indexing). If in doubt, do not choose this "
"option."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid "Execute the rundig script daily?"
#~ msgstr "Выполнять сценарий rundig ежедневно?"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "rundig is a program that obtains on-line content and creates a searchable "
#~ "database for the ht://Dig search engine. It downloads and indexes HTML "
#~ "from the web, as defined in /etc/htdig/htdig.conf. Say Yes if you wish to "
#~ "run this program daily. Say No if you don't plan to use htdig in this way "
#~ "(perhaps htdig is being used by a third party, for instance KDE, to "
#~ "perform local indexing). If in doubt, say No. It is the safest choice "
#~ "unless you know what you're doing."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "rundig -- это программа, которая принимает контент он-лайн и создаёт базу "
#~ "данных поиска для поискового движка ht://Dig. Она загружает и индексирует "
#~ "HTML из веб, как это задано в файле /etc/htdig/htdig.conf. Ответьте \"да"
#~ "\", если хотите запускать эту программу ежедневно. Ответьте \"нет\", если "
#~ "не планируете использовать htdig таким способом (возможно, htdig будет "
#~ "использован сторонней программой, например KDE, для выполнения локального "
#~ "индексирования). Если не будете, ответьте \"нет\". Это безопасный ответ, "
#~ "если не знаете, что делать."

openvpn 2.1~rc4-3: Please update debconf PO translation for the package openvpn

2008-01-26 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
openvpn. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Saturday, February 09,
2008.

Thanks,

# translation of openvpn_2.0.9-4_ru.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2007.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: openvpn_2.0.9-4_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-26 17:45+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-09 13:04+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuriy Talakan' <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. NOT REVIEWED, obsolete
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Would you like to start openvpn sooner?"
msgstr "Желаете запускать openvpn пораньше?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. NOT REVIEWED, obsolete
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"Previous versions of openvpn started at the same time as most of other "
"services. This means that most of these services couldn't use openvpn since "
"it may have been unavailable when they started. Newer versions of the "
"openvpn package will start earlier. (i.e. a S16openvpn link in rc[235].d "
"instead of a S20openvpn)"
msgstr ""
"Предыдущие версии openvpn запускались в то же время, что и большинство "
"остальных сервисов. Это означает, что большинство из этих сервисов не могут "
"использовать openvpn, поскольку он мог быть недоступен, когда они "
"запустились. Новые версии пакета openvpn запускаются раньше. (т.е. ссылка "
"S16openvpn в rc[235].d вместо S20openvpn)"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. NOT REVIEWED, obsolete
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. NOT REVIEWED, obsolete
#: ../templates:2001 ../templates:6001
msgid ""
"If you accept here, the package upgrade will make this change for you. If "
"you refuse, nothing will change, and openvpn will be working just like it "
"did before."
msgstr ""
"Если согласиться, то обновление пакета сделает для вас это изменение. Если "
"отклонить, то ничего не изменится, и openvpn будет работать по-прежнему."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Create the TUN/TAP device?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, the /dev/net/tun device needed by OpenVPN will be "
"created."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "You should not choose this option if you're using devfs."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Stop OpenVPN when upgraded?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"The upgrade process stops the running daemon before installing the new "
"version. If you are installing or upgrading the system remotely, that could "
"break the upgrade process."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Unless you do your upgrades locally, it is advised NOT to stop openvpn "
#| "before it gets upgraded. The installation process will restart it once "
#| "it's done."
msgid ""
"Unless upgrades are performed locally, you should choose to not stop OpenVPN "
"before it is upgraded. The installation process will restart it once the "
"upgrade is completed."
msgstr ""
"Если вы не обновляетесь локально, то лучше НЕ ОСТАНАВЛИВАТЬ openvpn до "
"завершения обновления. Процесс установки перезапустит его, как только все "
"завершится."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This option will take effect in your next upgrade."
msgid "This option will take effect for the next upgrade."
msgstr "Эта опция начнет действовать при следующем обновлении."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. NOT REVIEWED, obsolete
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "Default port has changed"
msgstr "Порт по умолчанию изменился"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. NOT REVIEWED, obsolete
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"OpenVPN's default port has changed from 5000 to 1194 (IANA assigned). If you "
"don't specify the port to be used on your VPNs, this upgrade may break them."
msgstr ""
"Порт по умолчанию для OpenVPN изменился с 5000 на 1194 (назначено IANA). "
"Если Вы не указали используемый порт в ваших VPN-ах, то это обновление может "
"сломать их."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. NOT REVIEWED, obsolete
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"Use the option 'port 5000' if you want to keep the old port configuration, "
"or take a look at your firewall rules to a

setserial 2.17-45: Please update debconf PO translation for the package setserial

2008-02-06 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
setserial. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, February 20, 
2008.

Thanks,

# translation of setserial_2.17-41_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2005.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: setserial_2.17-41_ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-06 18:54+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-21 14:08+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Automatically configure the serial port parameters?"
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"It is recommended that the serial port parameters should be configured "
"automatically. It is also possible to configure them manually by editing the "
"file /etc/serial.conf."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"PCMCIA serial-type devices should be configured with pcmciautils. See /usr/"
"share/doc/setserial/README.Debian.gz for details."
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "autosave once"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "manual"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "autosave always"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "kernel"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Type of automatic serial port configuration to use?"
msgid "Type of automatic serial port configuration:"
msgstr "Метод автоматической настройки последовательных портов?"

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid ""
"Setserial allows saving the current serial configuration in various ways:"
msgstr ""

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid ""
" autosave once  : save only once, now;\n"
" manual : never save the configuration automatically;\n"
" autosave always: save on every system shutdown (risks overwriting the\n"
"  serial.conf file with errors);\n"
" kernel : do not use the serial.conf file and use the kernel "
"settings\n"
"  at bootup."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. obsolete, should be removed, not reviewed
#: ../templates:4001
msgid "Please read documentation on old 0setserial entries"
msgstr "Пожалуйста, прочтите документацию по старым записям 0setserial"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. obsolete, should be removed, not reviewed
#. Type: note
#. Description
#. obsolete, should be removed, not reviewed
#: ../templates:4001 ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"You have an old-style 0setserial entry. The configuration mechanism has "
"changed completely after setserial release 2.14."
msgstr ""
"Файл 0setserial содержит настройки в старом формате. После версее 2.14 "
"пакета setserial механизм настроек был полностью изменён."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. obsolete, should be removed, not reviewed
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"Your old /etc/rc.boot/0setserial file was just renamed to 0setserial.pre-"
"2.15."
msgstr ""
"Ваш старый файл /etc/rc.boot/0setserial был переименован в 0setserial.pre-"
"2.15."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. obsolete, should be removed, not reviewed
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/setserial/README.Debian.gz file for more information."
msgstr ""
"Более подробные сведения изложены в файле /usr/share/doc/setserial/README."
"Debian.gz."

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. obsolete, should be removed, not reviewed
#: ../templates:5001
msgid "New method of bootup initialization used"
msgstr "Используется новый метод инициализации"

#. Type: note
#. Description
#. obsolete, should be removed, not reviewed
#: ../templates:5001
msgid ""
"Your old /etc/rc.boot/0setserial file was removed. The /etc/init.d/setserial "
"file is used instead."
msgstr ""
"Старый файл /etc/rc.boot/0setserial был удален. Вместо него используется "
"файл /etc/init.d/setserial."

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid "Error during update-modules

mdadm 2.6.3+200709292116+4450e59-4: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mdadm

2008-02-06 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
mdadm. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Wednesday, February 20, 
2008.

Thanks,

# translation of mdadm-2.5.3.git200608202239-6_ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mdadm_2.5.3.git200608202239-6\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-06 18:49+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-23 23:54+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mdadm.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MD arrays needed for the root filesystem:"
msgid "MD arrays needed for the root file system:"
msgstr "MD массивы, нужные для корневой файловой системы:"

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../mdadm.templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please enter a space-separated list of devices, 'all', or 'none'. You may "
#| "omit the leading '/dev/' and just enter e.g. \"md0 md1\", or \"md/1 md/d0"
#| "\"."
msgid ""
"Please enter 'all', 'none', or a space-separated list of devices such as "
"'md0 md1' or 'md/1 md/d0' (the leading '/dev/' can be omitted)."
msgstr ""
"Введите список устройств через пробел, слово 'all' или 'none'. Вы можете не "
"указывать начальную часть пути типа '/dev/', а просто вводить имена "
"устройств, например \"md0 md1\" или \"md/1 md/d0\"."

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../mdadm.templates:3001
msgid "for internal use - only the long description is needed."
msgstr ""
"для внутреннего пользования - нужно использовать только длинное описание."

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../mdadm.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If your system has its root filesystem on an MD array (RAID), it needs to "
#| "be started early during the boot sequence. If your root filesystem is on "
#| "a logical volume (LVM), which is on MD, all constituent arrays need to be "
#| "started."
msgid ""
"If the system's root file system is located on an MD array (RAID), it needs "
"to be started early during the boot sequence. If it is located on a logical "
"volume (LVM), which is on MD, all constituent arrays need to be started."
msgstr ""
"Если в системе корневая файловая система расположена на MD массиве (RAID), "
"он должен быть запущен в самом начале процесса загрузки. Если корневая "
"файловая система расположена на логическом томе (LVM), который расположен на "
"MD, то должны быть запущены все компоненты массивов."

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../mdadm.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you know exactly which arrays are needed to bring up the root "
#| "filesystem, and you want to postpone starting all other arrays to a later "
#| "point in the boot sequence, enter the arrays to start here. "
#| "Alternatively, enter 'all' to simply start all available arrays."
msgid ""
"If you know exactly which arrays are needed to bring up the root file "
"system, and you want to postpone starting all other arrays to a later point "
"in the boot sequence, enter the arrays to start here. Alternatively, enter "
"'all' to simply start all available arrays."
msgstr ""
"Если вы точно знаете какие массивы требуются для получения работоспособной "
"корневой файловой системы и хотите отложить запуск остальных массивов на "
"более поздний момент в процессе загрузки, то введите их здесь. Иначе, "
"введите слово 'all', чтобы просто запустить все доступные массивы."

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../mdadm.templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you do not need or want to start any arrays for the root filesystem, "
#| "leave the answer blank (or enter 'none'). This may be the case if you are "
#| "using kernel autostart or do not need any arrays to boot."
msgid ""
"If you do not need or want to start any arrays for the root file system, "
"leave the answer blank (or enter 'none'). This may be the case if you are "
"using kernel autostart or do not need any arrays to boot."
msgstr ""
"Если вам это не нужн

resolvconf 1.39: Please update debconf PO translation for the package resolvconf

2008-02-10 Thread Christian Perrier

Hi,

The debian-l10n-english team has reviewed the debconf templates for
resolvconf. This process has resulted in changes that may make your
existing translation incomplete.

A round of translation updates is being launched to synchronize all
translations.

Please send the updated file as a wishlist bug against the package.

The deadline for receiving the updated translation is Monday, February 25, 2008.

Thanks,

# translation of ru.po to Russian
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: resolvconf-1.34\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-11 07:44+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-29 11:28+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <[EMAIL PROTECTED]>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid "Prepare /etc/resolv.conf for dynamic updates?"
msgstr "Включить динамическое обновление /etc/resolv.conf?"

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This package contains the infrastructure required for dynamic updating of "
#| "the resolver configuration file. Part of the necessary infrastructure is "
#| "a symbolic link from /etc/resolv.conf to /etc/resolvconf/run/resolv.conf. "
#| "If you agree then this link will be created. The existing /etc/resolv."
#| "conf file will be preserved as /etc/resolvconf/resolv.conf.d/original; it "
#| "will be restored if this package is removed."
msgid ""
"The resolvconf package contains the infrastructure required for dynamic "
"updating of the resolver configuration file. Part of the necessary "
"infrastructure is a symbolic link from /etc/resolv.conf to /etc/resolvconf/"
"run/resolv.conf. If you choose this option then this link will be created; "
"the existing /etc/resolv.conf file will be preserved as /etc/resolvconf/"
"resolv.conf.d/original, and will be restored if this package is removed."
msgstr ""
"Данный пакет содержит инфраструктуру динамического обновления файла "
"настройки определителя имён. Одной из необходимых частей инфраструктуры "
"является символическая ссылка /etc/resolv.conf на /etc/resolvconf/run/resolv."
"conf. Если вы ответите утвердительно, то такая ссылка будет создана. "
"Существующий файл /etc/resolv.conf будет сохранён под именем /etc/resolvconf/"
"resolv.conf.d/original; он будет восстановлен при удалении пакета."

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"Declining this option will prevent future installations from recreating the "
"symbolic link and therefore the resolver configuration file will not be "
"dynamically updated. Dynamic updating can then be activated following "
"instructions in the README file."
msgstr ""

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ""
"The presence of resolvconf can affect the behavior of other programs, so it "
"should not be left installed if unconfigured."
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid "Network interfaces reconfiguration mandatory"
msgstr ""

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Once resolvconf is installed, interface configurers supply nameserver "
#| "information to it (which it then makes available to the C Library "
#| "resolver and to DNS caches). However, they do this only when they bring "
#| "up interfaces. Therefore for resolvconf's nameserver information to be up "
#| "to date after initial installation it is necessary to reconfigure "
#| "interfaces -- that is, to take them down and then to bring them up again "
#| "-- and to restart DNS caches."
msgid ""
"Once resolvconf is installed, interface configurers supply name server "
"information to it (which it then makes available to the C library resolver "
"and to DNS caches). However, they do this only when they bring up "
"interfaces. Therefore for resolvconf's name server information to be up to "
"date after initial installation it is necessary to reconfigure interfaces "
"(that is, to take them down and then to bring them up again) and to restart "
"DNS caches."
msgstr ""
"После установки resolvconf, настройщики интерфейсов предоставляют ему "
"информацию о серверах имён (которая затем становится доступна C библиотеке "
"resolver и кеширующим DNS). Однако, они делают это только при активации "
"интерфейсов. Поэтому, чтобы синхронизировать информацию о сервера

Re: Bug#465476: aptitude: Localized confirmation prompt is misleading

2008-02-12 Thread Christian Perrier

Quoting Andrey ([EMAIL PROTECTED]):
> Package: aptitude
> Version: 0.4.10-1+b1
> Severity: normal
> 
> To reproduce:
> 
> [EMAIL PROTECTED]:~$ sudo aptitude install ~nemacs21
> Чтение списков пакетов... Готово
> Построение дерева зависимостей   
> Reading state information... Готово   
> Чтение информации о расширенных состояниях  
> Инициализация состояний пакетов... Готово  
> Чтение описаний задач... Готово  
> Построение базы данных тегов... Готово
> Нет подходящей версии для emacs21-common-non-dfsg
> Нет подходящей версии для emacs21-common-non-dfsg
> Следующие пакеты оставлены не обновлёнными:
>   emacspeak 
> Следующие НОВЫЕ пакеты будут установлены:
>   emacs21 emacs21-bin-common emacs21-common emacs21-el gdk-imlib11{a} 
> gnome-bin{a} 
>   gnome-libs-data{a} imlib-base{a} libart2{a} libcanna1g{a} libcompfaceg1{a} 
> libgnome32{a} 
>   libgnomesupport0{a} libgnomeui32{a} libgnorba27{a} libgnorbagtk0{a} 
> liborbit0{a} xemacs21 
>   xemacs21-basesupport xemacs21-basesupport-el xemacs21-bin 
> xemacs21-gnome-mule 
>   xemacs21-gnome-mule-canna-wnn xemacs21-gnome-nomule xemacs21-mule 
> xemacs21-mule-canna-wnn 
>   xemacs21-mulesupport xemacs21-mulesupport-el xemacs21-nomule 
> xemacs21-support 
>   xemacs21-supportel 
> 0 пакетов обновлено, 31 установлено новых, 0 пакетов отмечено для удаления, и 
> 1 пакетов не обновлено.
> Необходимо получить 68,4MB/80,0MB архивов. После распаковки 235MB будет 
> занято.
> Хотите продолжить? [Д/н/?] н
> Неверный ответ. Введите допустимую команду или '?' для справки.
> Хотите продолжить? [Д/н/?] n
> Прервать.
> 
> As you can see, aptitude tries hard to be polite and asks my
> confirmation in my native language. I appreciate it and answer in
> Russian too, but aptitude doesn't understand what I say :-(
> 

From the PO file:

#: src/cmdline/cmdline_prompt.cc:910
msgid "Do you want to continue? [Y/n/?] "
msgstr "Хотите продолжить? [Д/н/?] "

and later:

#: src/ui.cc:2908
msgid "yes_key"
msgstr "y"

#: src/ui.cc:2909
msgid "no_key"
msgstr "n"


This is where the confusion comes from. The Russian translator did put
"y" as "Yes key" and "n" as "No key" instead of Д and н.

That explains.

I can fix this myself but would rather get a "go for it" for the
Russian translators.

FYI, in the French translation, I used "o" ("oui") for
"yes_key". "no_key" is less tricky as we a "n" (non) anyway.




signature.asc
Description: Digital signature

1 2 3 >

1 - 100 of 285 matches

Mail list logo